1 | /****************************************************************************
|
---|
2 | **
|
---|
3 | ** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
|
---|
4 | ** All rights reserved.
|
---|
5 | ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
|
---|
6 | **
|
---|
7 | ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
|
---|
8 | **
|
---|
9 | ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
|
---|
10 | ** Commercial Usage
|
---|
11 | ** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
|
---|
12 | ** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
|
---|
13 | ** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
|
---|
14 | ** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
|
---|
15 | **
|
---|
16 | ** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
|
---|
17 | ** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
|
---|
18 | ** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
|
---|
19 | ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
|
---|
20 | ** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to
|
---|
21 | ** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
|
---|
22 | ** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
|
---|
23 | **
|
---|
24 | ** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
|
---|
25 | ** rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
|
---|
26 | ** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
|
---|
27 | **
|
---|
28 | ** GNU General Public License Usage
|
---|
29 | ** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
|
---|
30 | ** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
|
---|
31 | ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
|
---|
32 | ** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to
|
---|
33 | ** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
|
---|
34 | ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
|
---|
35 | **
|
---|
36 | ** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
|
---|
37 | ** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
|
---|
38 | ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
|
---|
39 | **
|
---|
40 | ****************************************************************************/
|
---|
41 |
|
---|
42 | #include "qplatformdefs.h"
|
---|
43 | #include "qabstracteventdispatcher.h"
|
---|
44 | #include "qaccessible.h"
|
---|
45 | #include "qapplication.h"
|
---|
46 | #include "qclipboard.h"
|
---|
47 | #include "qcursor.h"
|
---|
48 | #include "qdesktopwidget.h"
|
---|
49 | #include "qdir.h"
|
---|
50 | #include "qevent.h"
|
---|
51 | #include "qfile.h"
|
---|
52 | #include "qfileinfo.h"
|
---|
53 | #include "qgraphicsscene.h"
|
---|
54 | #include "qhash.h"
|
---|
55 | #include "qset.h"
|
---|
56 | #include "qlayout.h"
|
---|
57 | #include "qsessionmanager.h"
|
---|
58 | #include "qstyle.h"
|
---|
59 | #include "qstylefactory.h"
|
---|
60 | #include "qtextcodec.h"
|
---|
61 | #include "qtranslator.h"
|
---|
62 | #include "qvariant.h"
|
---|
63 | #include "qwidget.h"
|
---|
64 | #include "qdnd_p.h"
|
---|
65 | #include "qcolormap.h"
|
---|
66 | #include "qdebug.h"
|
---|
67 | #include "private/qgraphicssystemfactory_p.h"
|
---|
68 | #include "private/qgraphicssystem_p.h"
|
---|
69 | #include "private/qstylesheetstyle_p.h"
|
---|
70 | #include "private/qstyle_p.h"
|
---|
71 | #include "qmessagebox.h"
|
---|
72 | #include <QtGui/qgraphicsproxywidget.h>
|
---|
73 |
|
---|
74 | #ifdef QT_GRAPHICSSYSTEM_RUNTIME
|
---|
75 | #include "private/qgraphicssystem_runtime_p.h"
|
---|
76 | #endif
|
---|
77 |
|
---|
78 | #include "qinputcontext.h"
|
---|
79 | #include "qkeymapper_p.h"
|
---|
80 |
|
---|
81 | #ifdef Q_WS_X11
|
---|
82 | #include <private/qt_x11_p.h>
|
---|
83 | #endif
|
---|
84 |
|
---|
85 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
|
---|
86 | #include "qinputcontextfactory.h"
|
---|
87 | #endif
|
---|
88 |
|
---|
89 | #include "qguiplatformplugin_p.h"
|
---|
90 |
|
---|
91 | #include <qthread.h>
|
---|
92 | #include <private/qthread_p.h>
|
---|
93 |
|
---|
94 | #include <private/qfont_p.h>
|
---|
95 |
|
---|
96 | #include <stdlib.h>
|
---|
97 |
|
---|
98 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11) && !defined(QT_NO_EGL)
|
---|
99 | #include <link.h>
|
---|
100 | #endif
|
---|
101 |
|
---|
102 | #include "qapplication_p.h"
|
---|
103 | #include "qevent_p.h"
|
---|
104 | #include "qwidget_p.h"
|
---|
105 |
|
---|
106 | #include "qapplication.h"
|
---|
107 |
|
---|
108 | #include "qgesture.h"
|
---|
109 | #include "private/qgesturemanager_p.h"
|
---|
110 |
|
---|
111 | #ifndef QT_NO_LIBRARY
|
---|
112 | #include "qlibrary.h"
|
---|
113 | #endif
|
---|
114 |
|
---|
115 | #ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
|
---|
116 | #include "qdatetime.h"
|
---|
117 | #include "qguifunctions_wince.h"
|
---|
118 | extern bool qt_wince_is_smartphone(); //qguifunctions_wince.cpp
|
---|
119 | extern bool qt_wince_is_mobile(); //qguifunctions_wince.cpp
|
---|
120 | extern bool qt_wince_is_pocket_pc(); //qguifunctions_wince.cpp
|
---|
121 | #endif
|
---|
122 |
|
---|
123 | #include "qdatetime.h"
|
---|
124 |
|
---|
125 | #ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
|
---|
126 | #include <private/qt_cocoa_helpers_mac_p.h>
|
---|
127 | #endif
|
---|
128 |
|
---|
129 | //#define ALIEN_DEBUG
|
---|
130 |
|
---|
131 | static void initResources()
|
---|
132 | {
|
---|
133 | #if defined(Q_WS_WINCE)
|
---|
134 | Q_INIT_RESOURCE_EXTERN(qstyle_wince)
|
---|
135 | Q_INIT_RESOURCE(qstyle_wince);
|
---|
136 | #elif defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
|
---|
137 | Q_INIT_RESOURCE_EXTERN(qstyle_s60)
|
---|
138 | Q_INIT_RESOURCE(qstyle_s60);
|
---|
139 | #else
|
---|
140 | Q_INIT_RESOURCE_EXTERN(qstyle)
|
---|
141 | Q_INIT_RESOURCE(qstyle);
|
---|
142 | #endif
|
---|
143 | Q_INIT_RESOURCE_EXTERN(qmessagebox)
|
---|
144 | Q_INIT_RESOURCE(qmessagebox);
|
---|
145 | #if !defined(QT_NO_PRINTDIALOG)
|
---|
146 | Q_INIT_RESOURCE_EXTERN(qprintdialog)
|
---|
147 | Q_INIT_RESOURCE(qprintdialog);
|
---|
148 | #endif
|
---|
149 |
|
---|
150 | }
|
---|
151 |
|
---|
152 | QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
|
---|
153 |
|
---|
154 | Q_CORE_EXPORT void qt_call_post_routines();
|
---|
155 |
|
---|
156 | int QApplicationPrivate::app_compile_version = 0x040000; //we don't know exactly, but it's at least 4.0.0
|
---|
157 |
|
---|
158 | QApplication::Type qt_appType=QApplication::Tty;
|
---|
159 | QApplicationPrivate *QApplicationPrivate::self = 0;
|
---|
160 |
|
---|
161 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM
|
---|
162 | QInputContext *QApplicationPrivate::inputContext = 0;
|
---|
163 | #endif
|
---|
164 |
|
---|
165 | bool QApplicationPrivate::quitOnLastWindowClosed = true;
|
---|
166 |
|
---|
167 | #ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
|
---|
168 | int QApplicationPrivate::autoMaximizeThreshold = -1;
|
---|
169 | bool QApplicationPrivate::autoSipEnabled = false;
|
---|
170 | #else
|
---|
171 | bool QApplicationPrivate::autoSipEnabled = true;
|
---|
172 | #endif
|
---|
173 |
|
---|
174 | QApplicationPrivate::QApplicationPrivate(int &argc, char **argv, QApplication::Type type)
|
---|
175 | : QCoreApplicationPrivate(argc, argv)
|
---|
176 | {
|
---|
177 | application_type = type;
|
---|
178 | qt_appType = type;
|
---|
179 |
|
---|
180 | #ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
---|
181 | is_session_restored = false;
|
---|
182 | #endif
|
---|
183 |
|
---|
184 | quitOnLastWindowClosed = true;
|
---|
185 |
|
---|
186 | #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
|
---|
187 | qt_compat_used = 0;
|
---|
188 | qt_compat_resolved = 0;
|
---|
189 | qt_tryAccelEvent = 0;
|
---|
190 | qt_tryComposeUnicode = 0;
|
---|
191 | qt_dispatchAccelEvent = 0;
|
---|
192 | #endif
|
---|
193 | #if defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(QT_NO_DIRECTPAINTER)
|
---|
194 | directPainters = 0;
|
---|
195 | #endif
|
---|
196 |
|
---|
197 | #ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES
|
---|
198 | gestureManager = 0;
|
---|
199 | gestureWidget = 0;
|
---|
200 | #endif // QT_NO_GESTURES
|
---|
201 |
|
---|
202 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
203 | move_cursor = 0;
|
---|
204 | copy_cursor = 0;
|
---|
205 | link_cursor = 0;
|
---|
206 | #endif
|
---|
207 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
208 | ignore_cursor = 0;
|
---|
209 | #endif
|
---|
210 |
|
---|
211 | if (!self)
|
---|
212 | self = this;
|
---|
213 | }
|
---|
214 |
|
---|
215 | QApplicationPrivate::~QApplicationPrivate()
|
---|
216 | {
|
---|
217 | if (self == this)
|
---|
218 | self = 0;
|
---|
219 | }
|
---|
220 |
|
---|
221 | /*!
|
---|
222 | \class QApplication
|
---|
223 | \brief The QApplication class manages the GUI application's control
|
---|
224 | flow and main settings.
|
---|
225 |
|
---|
226 | QApplication contains the main event loop, where all events from the window
|
---|
227 | system and other sources are processed and dispatched. It also handles the
|
---|
228 | application's initialization, finalization, and provides session
|
---|
229 | management. In addition, QApplication handles most of the system-wide and
|
---|
230 | application-wide settings.
|
---|
231 |
|
---|
232 | For any GUI application using Qt, there is precisely \bold one QApplication
|
---|
233 | object, no matter whether the application has 0, 1, 2 or more windows at
|
---|
234 | any given time. For non-GUI Qt applications, use QCoreApplication instead,
|
---|
235 | as it does not depend on the \l QtGui library.
|
---|
236 |
|
---|
237 | The QApplication object is accessible through the instance() function that
|
---|
238 | returns a pointer equivalent to the global qApp pointer.
|
---|
239 |
|
---|
240 | QApplication's main areas of responsibility are:
|
---|
241 | \list
|
---|
242 | \o It initializes the application with the user's desktop settings
|
---|
243 | such as palette(), font() and doubleClickInterval(). It keeps
|
---|
244 | track of these properties in case the user changes the desktop
|
---|
245 | globally, for example through some kind of control panel.
|
---|
246 |
|
---|
247 | \o It performs event handling, meaning that it receives events
|
---|
248 | from the underlying window system and dispatches them to the
|
---|
249 | relevant widgets. By using sendEvent() and postEvent() you can
|
---|
250 | send your own events to widgets.
|
---|
251 |
|
---|
252 | \o It parses common command line arguments and sets its internal
|
---|
253 | state accordingly. See the \l{QApplication::QApplication()}
|
---|
254 | {constructor documentation} below for more details.
|
---|
255 |
|
---|
256 | \o It defines the application's look and feel, which is
|
---|
257 | encapsulated in a QStyle object. This can be changed at runtime
|
---|
258 | with setStyle().
|
---|
259 |
|
---|
260 | \o It specifies how the application is to allocate colors. See
|
---|
261 | setColorSpec() for details.
|
---|
262 |
|
---|
263 | \o It provides localization of strings that are visible to the
|
---|
264 | user via translate().
|
---|
265 |
|
---|
266 | \o It provides some magical objects like the desktop() and the
|
---|
267 | clipboard().
|
---|
268 |
|
---|
269 | \o It knows about the application's windows. You can ask which
|
---|
270 | widget is at a certain position using widgetAt(), get a list of
|
---|
271 | topLevelWidgets() and closeAllWindows(), etc.
|
---|
272 |
|
---|
273 | \o It manages the application's mouse cursor handling, see
|
---|
274 | setOverrideCursor()
|
---|
275 |
|
---|
276 | \o On the X window system, it provides functions to flush and sync
|
---|
277 | the communication stream, see flushX() and syncX().
|
---|
278 |
|
---|
279 | \o It provides support for sophisticated \l{Session Management}
|
---|
280 | {session management}. This makes it possible for applications
|
---|
281 | to terminate gracefully when the user logs out, to cancel a
|
---|
282 | shutdown process if termination isn't possible and even to
|
---|
283 | preserve the entire application's state for a future session.
|
---|
284 | See isSessionRestored(), sessionId() and commitData() and
|
---|
285 | saveState() for details.
|
---|
286 | \endlist
|
---|
287 |
|
---|
288 | Since the QApplication object does so much initialization, it \e{must} be
|
---|
289 | created before any other objects related to the user interface are created.
|
---|
290 | QApplication also deals with common command line arguments. Hence, it is
|
---|
291 | usually a good idea to create it \e before any interpretation or
|
---|
292 | modification of \c argv is done in the application itself.
|
---|
293 |
|
---|
294 | \table
|
---|
295 | \header
|
---|
296 | \o{2,1} Groups of functions
|
---|
297 |
|
---|
298 | \row
|
---|
299 | \o System settings
|
---|
300 | \o desktopSettingsAware(),
|
---|
301 | setDesktopSettingsAware(),
|
---|
302 | cursorFlashTime(),
|
---|
303 | setCursorFlashTime(),
|
---|
304 | doubleClickInterval(),
|
---|
305 | setDoubleClickInterval(),
|
---|
306 | setKeyboardInputInterval(),
|
---|
307 | wheelScrollLines(),
|
---|
308 | setWheelScrollLines(),
|
---|
309 | palette(),
|
---|
310 | setPalette(),
|
---|
311 | font(),
|
---|
312 | setFont(),
|
---|
313 | fontMetrics().
|
---|
314 |
|
---|
315 | \row
|
---|
316 | \o Event handling
|
---|
317 | \o exec(),
|
---|
318 | processEvents(),
|
---|
319 | exit(),
|
---|
320 | quit().
|
---|
321 | sendEvent(),
|
---|
322 | postEvent(),
|
---|
323 | sendPostedEvents(),
|
---|
324 | removePostedEvents(),
|
---|
325 | hasPendingEvents(),
|
---|
326 | notify(),
|
---|
327 | macEventFilter(),
|
---|
328 | qwsEventFilter(),
|
---|
329 | x11EventFilter(),
|
---|
330 | x11ProcessEvent(),
|
---|
331 | winEventFilter().
|
---|
332 |
|
---|
333 | \row
|
---|
334 | \o GUI Styles
|
---|
335 | \o style(),
|
---|
336 | setStyle().
|
---|
337 |
|
---|
338 | \row
|
---|
339 | \o Color usage
|
---|
340 | \o colorSpec(),
|
---|
341 | setColorSpec(),
|
---|
342 | qwsSetCustomColors().
|
---|
343 |
|
---|
344 | \row
|
---|
345 | \o Text handling
|
---|
346 | \o installTranslator(),
|
---|
347 | removeTranslator()
|
---|
348 | translate().
|
---|
349 |
|
---|
350 | \row
|
---|
351 | \o Widgets
|
---|
352 | \o allWidgets(),
|
---|
353 | topLevelWidgets(),
|
---|
354 | desktop(),
|
---|
355 | activePopupWidget(),
|
---|
356 | activeModalWidget(),
|
---|
357 | clipboard(),
|
---|
358 | focusWidget(),
|
---|
359 | activeWindow(),
|
---|
360 | widgetAt().
|
---|
361 |
|
---|
362 | \row
|
---|
363 | \o Advanced cursor handling
|
---|
364 | \o overrideCursor(),
|
---|
365 | setOverrideCursor(),
|
---|
366 | restoreOverrideCursor().
|
---|
367 |
|
---|
368 | \row
|
---|
369 | \o X Window System synchronization
|
---|
370 | \o flushX(),
|
---|
371 | syncX().
|
---|
372 |
|
---|
373 | \row
|
---|
374 | \o Session management
|
---|
375 | \o isSessionRestored(),
|
---|
376 | sessionId(),
|
---|
377 | commitData(),
|
---|
378 | saveState().
|
---|
379 |
|
---|
380 | \row
|
---|
381 | \o Miscellaneous
|
---|
382 | \o closeAllWindows(),
|
---|
383 | startingUp(),
|
---|
384 | closingDown(),
|
---|
385 | type().
|
---|
386 | \endtable
|
---|
387 |
|
---|
388 | \sa QCoreApplication, QAbstractEventDispatcher, QEventLoop, QSettings
|
---|
389 | */
|
---|
390 |
|
---|
391 | /*!
|
---|
392 | \enum QApplication::Type
|
---|
393 |
|
---|
394 | \value Tty a console application
|
---|
395 | \value GuiClient a GUI client application
|
---|
396 | \value GuiServer a GUI server application (for Qt for Embedded Linux)
|
---|
397 | */
|
---|
398 |
|
---|
399 | /*!
|
---|
400 | \enum QApplication::ColorSpec
|
---|
401 |
|
---|
402 | \value NormalColor the default color allocation policy
|
---|
403 | \value CustomColor the same as NormalColor for X11; allocates colors
|
---|
404 | to a palette on demand under Windows
|
---|
405 | \value ManyColor the right choice for applications that use thousands of
|
---|
406 | colors
|
---|
407 |
|
---|
408 | See setColorSpec() for full details.
|
---|
409 | */
|
---|
410 |
|
---|
411 | /*!
|
---|
412 | \fn QWidget *QApplication::topLevelAt(const QPoint &point)
|
---|
413 |
|
---|
414 | Returns the top-level widget at the given \a point; returns 0 if
|
---|
415 | there is no such widget.
|
---|
416 | */
|
---|
417 |
|
---|
418 | /*!
|
---|
419 | \fn QWidget *QApplication::topLevelAt(int x, int y)
|
---|
420 |
|
---|
421 | \overload
|
---|
422 |
|
---|
423 | Returns the top-level widget at the point (\a{x}, \a{y}); returns
|
---|
424 | 0 if there is no such widget.
|
---|
425 | */
|
---|
426 |
|
---|
427 |
|
---|
428 | /*
|
---|
429 | The qt_init() and qt_cleanup() functions are implemented in the
|
---|
430 | qapplication_xyz.cpp file.
|
---|
431 | */
|
---|
432 |
|
---|
433 | void qt_init(QApplicationPrivate *priv, int type
|
---|
434 | #ifdef Q_WS_X11
|
---|
435 | , Display *display = 0, Qt::HANDLE visual = 0, Qt::HANDLE colormap = 0
|
---|
436 | #endif
|
---|
437 | );
|
---|
438 | void qt_cleanup();
|
---|
439 |
|
---|
440 | Qt::MouseButtons QApplicationPrivate::mouse_buttons = Qt::NoButton;
|
---|
441 | Qt::KeyboardModifiers QApplicationPrivate::modifier_buttons = Qt::NoModifier;
|
---|
442 |
|
---|
443 | QStyle *QApplicationPrivate::app_style = 0; // default application style
|
---|
444 | QString QApplicationPrivate::styleOverride; // style override
|
---|
445 |
|
---|
446 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
|
---|
447 | QString QApplicationPrivate::styleSheet; // default application stylesheet
|
---|
448 | #endif
|
---|
449 | QPointer<QWidget> QApplicationPrivate::leaveAfterRelease = 0;
|
---|
450 |
|
---|
451 | int QApplicationPrivate::app_cspec = QApplication::NormalColor;
|
---|
452 | QPalette *QApplicationPrivate::app_pal = 0; // default application palette
|
---|
453 | QPalette *QApplicationPrivate::sys_pal = 0; // default system palette
|
---|
454 | QPalette *QApplicationPrivate::set_pal = 0; // default palette set by programmer
|
---|
455 |
|
---|
456 | QGraphicsSystem *QApplicationPrivate::graphics_system = 0; // default graphics system
|
---|
457 | QString QApplicationPrivate::graphics_system_name; // graphics system id - for delayed initialization
|
---|
458 | bool QApplicationPrivate::runtime_graphics_system = false;
|
---|
459 |
|
---|
460 | Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(QMutex, applicationFontMutex)
|
---|
461 | QFont *QApplicationPrivate::app_font = 0; // default application font
|
---|
462 | QFont *QApplicationPrivate::sys_font = 0; // default system font
|
---|
463 | QFont *QApplicationPrivate::set_font = 0; // default font set by programmer
|
---|
464 |
|
---|
465 | QIcon *QApplicationPrivate::app_icon = 0;
|
---|
466 | QWidget *QApplicationPrivate::main_widget = 0; // main application widget
|
---|
467 | QWidget *QApplicationPrivate::focus_widget = 0; // has keyboard input focus
|
---|
468 | QWidget *QApplicationPrivate::hidden_focus_widget = 0; // will get keyboard input focus after show()
|
---|
469 | QWidget *QApplicationPrivate::active_window = 0; // toplevel with keyboard focus
|
---|
470 | bool QApplicationPrivate::obey_desktop_settings = true; // use winsys resources
|
---|
471 | int QApplicationPrivate::cursor_flash_time = 1000; // text caret flash time
|
---|
472 | int QApplicationPrivate::mouse_double_click_time = 400; // mouse dbl click limit
|
---|
473 | int QApplicationPrivate::keyboard_input_time = 400; // keyboard input interval
|
---|
474 | #ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
|
---|
475 | int QApplicationPrivate::wheel_scroll_lines; // number of lines to scroll
|
---|
476 | #endif
|
---|
477 | bool qt_is_gui_used;
|
---|
478 | bool Q_GUI_EXPORT qt_tab_all_widgets = true;
|
---|
479 | bool qt_in_tab_key_event = false;
|
---|
480 | int qt_antialiasing_threshold = -1;
|
---|
481 | static int drag_time = 500;
|
---|
482 | #ifndef QT_GUI_DRAG_DISTANCE
|
---|
483 | #define QT_GUI_DRAG_DISTANCE 4
|
---|
484 | #endif
|
---|
485 | #ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
|
---|
486 | // The screens are a bit too small to for your thumb when using only 4 pixels drag distance.
|
---|
487 | static int drag_distance = 12; //XXX move to qplatformdefs.h
|
---|
488 | #else
|
---|
489 | static int drag_distance = QT_GUI_DRAG_DISTANCE;
|
---|
490 | #endif
|
---|
491 | static Qt::LayoutDirection layout_direction = Qt::LeftToRight;
|
---|
492 | QSize QApplicationPrivate::app_strut = QSize(0,0); // no default application strut
|
---|
493 | bool QApplicationPrivate::animate_ui = true;
|
---|
494 | bool QApplicationPrivate::animate_menu = false;
|
---|
495 | bool QApplicationPrivate::fade_menu = false;
|
---|
496 | bool QApplicationPrivate::animate_combo = false;
|
---|
497 | bool QApplicationPrivate::animate_tooltip = false;
|
---|
498 | bool QApplicationPrivate::fade_tooltip = false;
|
---|
499 | bool QApplicationPrivate::animate_toolbox = false;
|
---|
500 | bool QApplicationPrivate::widgetCount = false;
|
---|
501 | bool QApplicationPrivate::load_testability = false;
|
---|
502 | QString QApplicationPrivate::qmljs_debug_arguments;
|
---|
503 | #ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION
|
---|
504 | # ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
|
---|
505 | Qt::NavigationMode QApplicationPrivate::navigationMode = Qt::NavigationModeKeypadDirectional;
|
---|
506 | # else
|
---|
507 | Qt::NavigationMode QApplicationPrivate::navigationMode = Qt::NavigationModeKeypadTabOrder;
|
---|
508 | # endif
|
---|
509 | QWidget *QApplicationPrivate::oldEditFocus = 0;
|
---|
510 | #endif
|
---|
511 |
|
---|
512 | bool qt_tabletChokeMouse = false;
|
---|
513 | static bool force_reverse = false;
|
---|
514 |
|
---|
515 | inline bool QApplicationPrivate::isAlien(QWidget *widget)
|
---|
516 | {
|
---|
517 | if (!widget)
|
---|
518 | return false;
|
---|
519 | #if defined(Q_WS_QWS)
|
---|
520 | return !widget->isWindow()
|
---|
521 | # ifdef Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES
|
---|
522 | && !(widget->d_func()->maybeTopData() && widget->d_func()->maybeTopData()->windowSurface)
|
---|
523 | # endif
|
---|
524 | ;
|
---|
525 | #else
|
---|
526 | return !widget->internalWinId();
|
---|
527 | #endif
|
---|
528 | }
|
---|
529 |
|
---|
530 | // ######## move to QApplicationPrivate
|
---|
531 | // Default application palettes and fonts (per widget type)
|
---|
532 | Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(PaletteHash, app_palettes)
|
---|
533 | PaletteHash *qt_app_palettes_hash()
|
---|
534 | {
|
---|
535 | return app_palettes();
|
---|
536 | }
|
---|
537 |
|
---|
538 | Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(FontHash, app_fonts)
|
---|
539 | FontHash *qt_app_fonts_hash()
|
---|
540 | {
|
---|
541 | return app_fonts();
|
---|
542 | }
|
---|
543 |
|
---|
544 | QWidgetList *QApplicationPrivate::popupWidgets = 0; // has keyboard input focus
|
---|
545 |
|
---|
546 | QDesktopWidget *qt_desktopWidget = 0; // root window widgets
|
---|
547 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
548 | QClipboard *qt_clipboard = 0; // global clipboard object
|
---|
549 | #endif
|
---|
550 | QWidgetList * qt_modal_stack=0; // stack of modal widgets
|
---|
551 |
|
---|
552 | /*!
|
---|
553 | \internal
|
---|
554 | */
|
---|
555 | void QApplicationPrivate::process_cmdline()
|
---|
556 | {
|
---|
557 | // process platform-indep command line
|
---|
558 | if (!qt_is_gui_used || !argc)
|
---|
559 | return;
|
---|
560 |
|
---|
561 | int i, j;
|
---|
562 |
|
---|
563 | j = 1;
|
---|
564 | for (i=1; i<argc; i++) { // if you add anything here, modify QCoreApplication::arguments()
|
---|
565 | if (argv[i] && *argv[i] != '-') {
|
---|
566 | argv[j++] = argv[i];
|
---|
567 | continue;
|
---|
568 | }
|
---|
569 | QByteArray arg = argv[i];
|
---|
570 | arg = arg;
|
---|
571 | QString s;
|
---|
572 | if (arg == "-qdevel" || arg == "-qdebug") {
|
---|
573 | // obsolete argument
|
---|
574 | } else if (arg.indexOf("-qmljsdebugger=", 0) != -1) {
|
---|
575 | qmljs_debug_arguments = QString::fromLocal8Bit(arg.right(arg.length() - 15));
|
---|
576 | } else if (arg.indexOf("-style=", 0) != -1) {
|
---|
577 | s = QString::fromLocal8Bit(arg.right(arg.length() - 7).toLower());
|
---|
578 | } else if (arg == "-style" && i < argc-1) {
|
---|
579 | s = QString::fromLocal8Bit(argv[++i]).toLower();
|
---|
580 | #ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
---|
581 | } else if (arg == "-session" && i < argc-1) {
|
---|
582 | ++i;
|
---|
583 | if (argv[i] && *argv[i]) {
|
---|
584 | session_id = QString::fromLatin1(argv[i]);
|
---|
585 | int p = session_id.indexOf(QLatin1Char('_'));
|
---|
586 | if (p >= 0) {
|
---|
587 | session_key = session_id.mid(p +1);
|
---|
588 | session_id = session_id.left(p);
|
---|
589 | }
|
---|
590 | is_session_restored = true;
|
---|
591 | }
|
---|
592 | #endif
|
---|
593 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
|
---|
594 | } else if (arg == "-stylesheet" && i < argc -1) {
|
---|
595 | styleSheet = QLatin1String("file:///");
|
---|
596 | styleSheet.append(QString::fromLocal8Bit(argv[++i]));
|
---|
597 | } else if (arg.indexOf("-stylesheet=") != -1) {
|
---|
598 | styleSheet = QLatin1String("file:///");
|
---|
599 | styleSheet.append(QString::fromLocal8Bit(arg.right(arg.length() - 12)));
|
---|
600 | #endif
|
---|
601 | } else if (qstrcmp(arg, "-reverse") == 0) {
|
---|
602 | force_reverse = true;
|
---|
603 | QApplication::setLayoutDirection(Qt::RightToLeft);
|
---|
604 | } else if (qstrcmp(arg, "-widgetcount") == 0) {
|
---|
605 | widgetCount = true;
|
---|
606 | } else if (qstrcmp(arg, "-testability") == 0) {
|
---|
607 | load_testability = true;
|
---|
608 | } else if (arg == "-graphicssystem" && i < argc-1) {
|
---|
609 | graphics_system_name = QString::fromLocal8Bit(argv[++i]);
|
---|
610 | } else {
|
---|
611 | argv[j++] = argv[i];
|
---|
612 | }
|
---|
613 | if (!s.isEmpty()) {
|
---|
614 | if (app_style) {
|
---|
615 | delete app_style;
|
---|
616 | app_style = 0;
|
---|
617 | }
|
---|
618 | styleOverride = s;
|
---|
619 | }
|
---|
620 | }
|
---|
621 |
|
---|
622 | if(j < argc) {
|
---|
623 | argv[j] = 0;
|
---|
624 | argc = j;
|
---|
625 | }
|
---|
626 | }
|
---|
627 |
|
---|
628 | /*!
|
---|
629 | Initializes the window system and constructs an application object with
|
---|
630 | \a argc command line arguments in \a argv.
|
---|
631 |
|
---|
632 | \warning The data referred to by \a argc and \a argv must stay valid for
|
---|
633 | the entire lifetime of the QApplication object. In addition, \a argc must
|
---|
634 | be greater than zero and \a argv must contain at least one valid character
|
---|
635 | string.
|
---|
636 |
|
---|
637 | The global \c qApp pointer refers to this application object. Only one
|
---|
638 | application object should be created.
|
---|
639 |
|
---|
640 | This application object must be constructed before any \l{QPaintDevice}
|
---|
641 | {paint devices} (including widgets, pixmaps, bitmaps etc.).
|
---|
642 |
|
---|
643 | \note \a argc and \a argv might be changed as Qt removes command line
|
---|
644 | arguments that it recognizes.
|
---|
645 |
|
---|
646 | Qt debugging options (not available if Qt was compiled without the QT_DEBUG
|
---|
647 | flag defined):
|
---|
648 | \list
|
---|
649 | \o -nograb, tells Qt that it must never grab the mouse or the
|
---|
650 | keyboard.
|
---|
651 | \o -dograb (only under X11), running under a debugger can cause an
|
---|
652 | implicit -nograb, use -dograb to override.
|
---|
653 | \o -sync (only under X11), switches to synchronous mode for
|
---|
654 | debugging.
|
---|
655 | \endlist
|
---|
656 |
|
---|
657 | See \l{Debugging Techniques} for a more detailed explanation.
|
---|
658 |
|
---|
659 | All Qt programs automatically support the following command line options:
|
---|
660 | \list
|
---|
661 | \o -style= \e style, sets the application GUI style. Possible values
|
---|
662 | are \c motif, \c windows, and \c platinum. If you compiled Qt with
|
---|
663 | additional styles or have additional styles as plugins these will
|
---|
664 | be available to the \c -style command line option.
|
---|
665 | \o -style \e style, is the same as listed above.
|
---|
666 | \o -stylesheet= \e stylesheet, sets the application \l styleSheet. The
|
---|
667 | value must be a path to a file that contains the Style Sheet.
|
---|
668 | \note Relative URLs in the Style Sheet file are relative to the
|
---|
669 | Style Sheet file's path.
|
---|
670 | \o -stylesheet \e stylesheet, is the same as listed above.
|
---|
671 | \o -session= \e session, restores the application from an earlier
|
---|
672 | \l{Session Management}{session}.
|
---|
673 | \o -session \e session, is the same as listed above.
|
---|
674 | \o -widgetcount, prints debug message at the end about number of
|
---|
675 | widgets left undestroyed and maximum number of widgets existed at
|
---|
676 | the same time
|
---|
677 | \o -reverse, sets the application's layout direction to
|
---|
678 | Qt::RightToLeft
|
---|
679 | \o -graphicssystem, sets the backend to be used for on-screen widgets
|
---|
680 | and QPixmaps. Available options are \c{raster} and \c{opengl}.
|
---|
681 | \o -qmljsdebugger=, activates the QML/JS debugger with a specified port.
|
---|
682 | The value must be of format port:1234[,block], where block is optional
|
---|
683 | and will make the application wait until a debugger connects to it.
|
---|
684 | \endlist
|
---|
685 |
|
---|
686 | The X11 version of Qt supports some traditional X11 command line options:
|
---|
687 | \list
|
---|
688 | \o -display \e display, sets the X display (default is $DISPLAY).
|
---|
689 | \o -geometry \e geometry, sets the client geometry of the first window
|
---|
690 | that is shown.
|
---|
691 | \o -fn or \c -font \e font, defines the application font. The font
|
---|
692 | should be specified using an X logical font description. Note that
|
---|
693 | this option is ignored when Qt is built with fontconfig support enabled.
|
---|
694 | \o -bg or \c -background \e color, sets the default background color
|
---|
695 | and an application palette (light and dark shades are calculated).
|
---|
696 | \o -fg or \c -foreground \e color, sets the default foreground color.
|
---|
697 | \o -btn or \c -button \e color, sets the default button color.
|
---|
698 | \o -name \e name, sets the application name.
|
---|
699 | \o -title \e title, sets the application title.
|
---|
700 | \o -visual \c TrueColor, forces the application to use a TrueColor
|
---|
701 | visual on an 8-bit display.
|
---|
702 | \o -ncols \e count, limits the number of colors allocated in the color
|
---|
703 | cube on an 8-bit display, if the application is using the
|
---|
704 | QApplication::ManyColor color specification. If \e count is 216
|
---|
705 | then a 6x6x6 color cube is used (i.e. 6 levels of red, 6 of green,
|
---|
706 | and 6 of blue); for other values, a cube approximately proportional
|
---|
707 | to a 2x3x1 cube is used.
|
---|
708 | \o -cmap, causes the application to install a private color map on an
|
---|
709 | 8-bit display.
|
---|
710 | \o -im, sets the input method server (equivalent to setting the
|
---|
711 | XMODIFIERS environment variable)
|
---|
712 | \o -inputstyle, defines how the input is inserted into the given
|
---|
713 | widget, e.g., \c onTheSpot makes the input appear directly in the
|
---|
714 | widget, while \c overTheSpot makes the input appear in a box
|
---|
715 | floating over the widget and is not inserted until the editing is
|
---|
716 | done.
|
---|
717 | \endlist
|
---|
718 |
|
---|
719 | \section1 X11 Notes
|
---|
720 |
|
---|
721 | If QApplication fails to open the X11 display, it will terminate
|
---|
722 | the process. This behavior is consistent with most X11
|
---|
723 | applications.
|
---|
724 |
|
---|
725 | \sa arguments()
|
---|
726 | */
|
---|
727 |
|
---|
728 | QApplication::QApplication(int &argc, char **argv)
|
---|
729 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(argc, argv, GuiClient))
|
---|
730 | { Q_D(QApplication); d->construct(); }
|
---|
731 |
|
---|
732 | QApplication::QApplication(int &argc, char **argv, int _internal)
|
---|
733 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(argc, argv, GuiClient))
|
---|
734 | { Q_D(QApplication); d->construct(); QApplicationPrivate::app_compile_version = _internal;}
|
---|
735 |
|
---|
736 |
|
---|
737 | /*!
|
---|
738 | Constructs an application object with \a argc command line arguments in
|
---|
739 | \a argv. If \a GUIenabled is true, a GUI application is constructed,
|
---|
740 | otherwise a non-GUI (console) application is created.
|
---|
741 |
|
---|
742 | \warning The data referred to by \a argc and \a argv must stay valid for
|
---|
743 | the entire lifetime of the QApplication object. In addition, \a argc must
|
---|
744 | be greater than zero and \a argv must contain at least one valid character
|
---|
745 | string.
|
---|
746 |
|
---|
747 | Set \a GUIenabled to false for programs without a graphical user interface
|
---|
748 | that should be able to run without a window system.
|
---|
749 |
|
---|
750 | On X11, the window system is initialized if \a GUIenabled is true. If
|
---|
751 | \a GUIenabled is false, the application does not connect to the X server.
|
---|
752 | On Windows and Mac OS, currently the window system is always initialized,
|
---|
753 | regardless of the value of GUIenabled. This may change in future versions
|
---|
754 | of Qt.
|
---|
755 |
|
---|
756 | The following example shows how to create an application that uses a
|
---|
757 | graphical interface when available.
|
---|
758 |
|
---|
759 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 0
|
---|
760 | */
|
---|
761 |
|
---|
762 | QApplication::QApplication(int &argc, char **argv, bool GUIenabled )
|
---|
763 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(argc, argv, GUIenabled ? GuiClient : Tty))
|
---|
764 | { Q_D(QApplication); d->construct(); }
|
---|
765 |
|
---|
766 | QApplication::QApplication(int &argc, char **argv, bool GUIenabled , int _internal)
|
---|
767 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(argc, argv, GUIenabled ? GuiClient : Tty))
|
---|
768 | { Q_D(QApplication); d->construct(); QApplicationPrivate::app_compile_version = _internal;}
|
---|
769 |
|
---|
770 |
|
---|
771 |
|
---|
772 | /*!
|
---|
773 | Constructs an application object with \a argc command line arguments in
|
---|
774 | \a argv.
|
---|
775 |
|
---|
776 | \warning The data referred to by \a argc and \a argv must stay valid for
|
---|
777 | the entire lifetime of the QApplication object. In addition, \a argc must
|
---|
778 | be greater than zero and \a argv must contain at least one valid character
|
---|
779 | string.
|
---|
780 |
|
---|
781 | With Qt for Embedded Linux, passing QApplication::GuiServer for \a type
|
---|
782 | makes this application the server (equivalent to running with the
|
---|
783 | \c -qws option).
|
---|
784 | */
|
---|
785 | QApplication::QApplication(int &argc, char **argv, Type type)
|
---|
786 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(argc, argv, type))
|
---|
787 | { Q_D(QApplication); d->construct(); }
|
---|
788 |
|
---|
789 | QApplication::QApplication(int &argc, char **argv, Type type , int _internal)
|
---|
790 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(argc, argv, type))
|
---|
791 | { Q_D(QApplication); d->construct(); QApplicationPrivate::app_compile_version = _internal;}
|
---|
792 |
|
---|
793 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11) && !defined(QT_NO_EGL)
|
---|
794 | static int qt_matchLibraryName(dl_phdr_info *info, size_t, void *data)
|
---|
795 | {
|
---|
796 | const char *name = static_cast<const char *>(data);
|
---|
797 | return strstr(info->dlpi_name, name) != 0;
|
---|
798 | }
|
---|
799 | #endif
|
---|
800 |
|
---|
801 | /*!
|
---|
802 | \internal
|
---|
803 | */
|
---|
804 | void QApplicationPrivate::construct(
|
---|
805 | #ifdef Q_WS_X11
|
---|
806 | Display *dpy, Qt::HANDLE visual, Qt::HANDLE cmap
|
---|
807 | #endif
|
---|
808 | )
|
---|
809 | {
|
---|
810 | initResources();
|
---|
811 |
|
---|
812 | qt_is_gui_used = (qt_appType != QApplication::Tty);
|
---|
813 | process_cmdline();
|
---|
814 | // the environment variable has the lowest precedence of runtime graphicssystem switches
|
---|
815 | if (graphics_system_name.isEmpty())
|
---|
816 | graphics_system_name = QString::fromLocal8Bit(qgetenv("QT_GRAPHICSSYSTEM"));
|
---|
817 |
|
---|
818 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11) && !defined(QT_NO_EGL)
|
---|
819 | if (graphics_system_name.isEmpty()) {
|
---|
820 | bool linksWithMeeGoTouch = dl_iterate_phdr(qt_matchLibraryName, const_cast<char *>("libmeegotouchcore"));
|
---|
821 | bool linksWithMeeGoGraphicsSystemHelper = dl_iterate_phdr(qt_matchLibraryName, const_cast<char *>("libQtMeeGoGraphicsSystemHelper"));
|
---|
822 |
|
---|
823 | if (linksWithMeeGoTouch && !linksWithMeeGoGraphicsSystemHelper) {
|
---|
824 | qWarning("Running non-meego graphics system enabled MeeGo touch, forcing native graphicssystem\n");
|
---|
825 | graphics_system_name = QLatin1String("native");
|
---|
826 | }
|
---|
827 | }
|
---|
828 | #endif
|
---|
829 |
|
---|
830 | // Must be called before initialize()
|
---|
831 | qt_init(this, qt_appType
|
---|
832 | #ifdef Q_WS_X11
|
---|
833 | , dpy, visual, cmap
|
---|
834 | #endif
|
---|
835 | );
|
---|
836 | initialize();
|
---|
837 | eventDispatcher->startingUp();
|
---|
838 |
|
---|
839 | #ifdef QT_EVAL
|
---|
840 | extern void qt_gui_eval_init(uint);
|
---|
841 | qt_gui_eval_init(application_type);
|
---|
842 | #endif
|
---|
843 |
|
---|
844 | #if defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN) && !defined(QT_NO_SYSTEMLOCALE)
|
---|
845 | symbianInit();
|
---|
846 | #endif
|
---|
847 |
|
---|
848 | #ifndef QT_NO_LIBRARY
|
---|
849 | if(load_testability) {
|
---|
850 | QLibrary testLib(QLatin1String("qttestability"));
|
---|
851 | if (testLib.load()) {
|
---|
852 | typedef void (*TasInitialize)(void);
|
---|
853 | TasInitialize initFunction = (TasInitialize)testLib.resolve("qt_testability_init");
|
---|
854 | #ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
|
---|
855 | // resolving method by name does not work on Symbian OS so need to use ordinal
|
---|
856 | if(!initFunction) {
|
---|
857 | initFunction = (TasInitialize)testLib.resolve("1");
|
---|
858 | }
|
---|
859 | #endif
|
---|
860 | if (initFunction) {
|
---|
861 | initFunction();
|
---|
862 | } else {
|
---|
863 | qCritical("Library qttestability resolve failed!");
|
---|
864 | }
|
---|
865 | } else {
|
---|
866 | qCritical("Library qttestability load failed!");
|
---|
867 | }
|
---|
868 | }
|
---|
869 |
|
---|
870 | //make sure the plugin is loaded
|
---|
871 | if (qt_is_gui_used)
|
---|
872 | qt_guiPlatformPlugin();
|
---|
873 | #endif
|
---|
874 | }
|
---|
875 |
|
---|
876 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
---|
877 | // ### a string literal is a cont char*
|
---|
878 | // ### using it as a char* is wrong and could lead to segfaults
|
---|
879 | // ### if aargv is modified someday
|
---|
880 | // ########## make it work with argc == argv == 0
|
---|
881 | static int aargc = 1;
|
---|
882 | static char *aargv[] = { (char*)"unknown", 0 };
|
---|
883 |
|
---|
884 | /*!
|
---|
885 | \fn QApplication::QApplication(Display* display, Qt::HANDLE visual, Qt::HANDLE colormap)
|
---|
886 |
|
---|
887 | Creates an application, given an already open display \a display. If
|
---|
888 | \a visual and \a colormap are non-zero, the application will use those
|
---|
889 | values as the default Visual and Colormap contexts.
|
---|
890 |
|
---|
891 | \warning Qt only supports TrueColor visuals at depths higher than 8
|
---|
892 | bits-per-pixel.
|
---|
893 |
|
---|
894 | This function is only available on X11.
|
---|
895 | */
|
---|
896 | QApplication::QApplication(Display* dpy, Qt::HANDLE visual, Qt::HANDLE colormap)
|
---|
897 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(aargc, aargv, GuiClient))
|
---|
898 | {
|
---|
899 | if (! dpy)
|
---|
900 | qWarning("QApplication: Invalid Display* argument");
|
---|
901 | Q_D(QApplication);
|
---|
902 | d->construct(dpy, visual, colormap);
|
---|
903 | }
|
---|
904 |
|
---|
905 | QApplication::QApplication(Display* dpy, Qt::HANDLE visual, Qt::HANDLE colormap, int _internal)
|
---|
906 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(aargc, aargv, GuiClient))
|
---|
907 | {
|
---|
908 | if (! dpy)
|
---|
909 | qWarning("QApplication: Invalid Display* argument");
|
---|
910 | Q_D(QApplication);
|
---|
911 | d->construct(dpy, visual, colormap);
|
---|
912 | QApplicationPrivate::app_compile_version = _internal;
|
---|
913 | }
|
---|
914 |
|
---|
915 | /*!
|
---|
916 | \fn QApplication::QApplication(Display *display, int &argc, char **argv,
|
---|
917 | Qt::HANDLE visual, Qt::HANDLE colormap)
|
---|
918 |
|
---|
919 | Creates an application, given an already open \a display and using \a argc
|
---|
920 | command line arguments in \a argv. If \a visual and \a colormap are
|
---|
921 | non-zero, the application will use those values as the default Visual
|
---|
922 | and Colormap contexts.
|
---|
923 |
|
---|
924 | \warning Qt only supports TrueColor visuals at depths higher than 8
|
---|
925 | bits-per-pixel.
|
---|
926 |
|
---|
927 | This function is only available on X11.
|
---|
928 | */
|
---|
929 | QApplication::QApplication(Display *dpy, int &argc, char **argv,
|
---|
930 | Qt::HANDLE visual, Qt::HANDLE colormap)
|
---|
931 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(argc, argv, GuiClient))
|
---|
932 | {
|
---|
933 | if (! dpy)
|
---|
934 | qWarning("QApplication: Invalid Display* argument");
|
---|
935 | Q_D(QApplication);
|
---|
936 | d->construct(dpy, visual, colormap);
|
---|
937 | }
|
---|
938 |
|
---|
939 | QApplication::QApplication(Display *dpy, int &argc, char **argv,
|
---|
940 | Qt::HANDLE visual, Qt::HANDLE colormap, int _internal)
|
---|
941 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(argc, argv, GuiClient))
|
---|
942 | {
|
---|
943 | if (! dpy)
|
---|
944 | qWarning("QApplication: Invalid Display* argument");
|
---|
945 | Q_D(QApplication);
|
---|
946 | d->construct(dpy, visual, colormap);
|
---|
947 | QApplicationPrivate::app_compile_version = _internal;
|
---|
948 | }
|
---|
949 |
|
---|
950 | #endif // Q_WS_X11
|
---|
951 |
|
---|
952 | extern void qInitDrawhelperAsm();
|
---|
953 | extern void qInitImageConversions();
|
---|
954 | extern int qRegisterGuiVariant();
|
---|
955 | extern int qUnregisterGuiVariant();
|
---|
956 | #ifndef QT_NO_STATEMACHINE
|
---|
957 | extern int qRegisterGuiStateMachine();
|
---|
958 | extern int qUnregisterGuiStateMachine();
|
---|
959 | #endif
|
---|
960 |
|
---|
961 | /*!
|
---|
962 | \fn void QApplicationPrivate::initialize()
|
---|
963 |
|
---|
964 | Initializes the QApplication object, called from the constructors.
|
---|
965 | */
|
---|
966 | void QApplicationPrivate::initialize()
|
---|
967 | {
|
---|
968 | QWidgetPrivate::mapper = new QWidgetMapper;
|
---|
969 | QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets = new QWidgetSet;
|
---|
970 |
|
---|
971 | #if !defined(Q_WS_X11) && !defined(Q_WS_QWS)
|
---|
972 | // initialize the graphics system - on X11 this is initialized inside
|
---|
973 | // qt_init() in qapplication_x11.cpp because of several reasons.
|
---|
974 | // On QWS, the graphics system is set by the QScreen plugin.
|
---|
975 | graphics_system = QGraphicsSystemFactory::create(graphics_system_name);
|
---|
976 | #endif
|
---|
977 |
|
---|
978 | if (qt_appType != QApplication::Tty)
|
---|
979 | (void) QApplication::style(); // trigger creation of application style
|
---|
980 | // trigger registering of QVariant's GUI types
|
---|
981 | qRegisterGuiVariant();
|
---|
982 | #ifndef QT_NO_STATEMACHINE
|
---|
983 | // trigger registering of QStateMachine's GUI types
|
---|
984 | qRegisterGuiStateMachine();
|
---|
985 | #endif
|
---|
986 |
|
---|
987 | is_app_running = true; // no longer starting up
|
---|
988 |
|
---|
989 | Q_Q(QApplication);
|
---|
990 | #ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
---|
991 | // connect to the session manager
|
---|
992 | session_manager = new QSessionManager(q, session_id, session_key);
|
---|
993 | #endif
|
---|
994 |
|
---|
995 | if (qgetenv("QT_USE_NATIVE_WINDOWS").toInt() > 0)
|
---|
996 | q->setAttribute(Qt::AA_NativeWindows);
|
---|
997 |
|
---|
998 | #ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
|
---|
999 | #ifdef QT_AUTO_MAXIMIZE_THRESHOLD
|
---|
1000 | autoMaximizeThreshold = QT_AUTO_MAXIMIZE_THRESHOLD;
|
---|
1001 | #else
|
---|
1002 | if (qt_wince_is_mobile())
|
---|
1003 | autoMaximizeThreshold = 50;
|
---|
1004 | else
|
---|
1005 | autoMaximizeThreshold = -1;
|
---|
1006 | #endif //QT_AUTO_MAXIMIZE_THRESHOLD
|
---|
1007 | #endif //Q_WS_WINCE
|
---|
1008 |
|
---|
1009 | // Set up which span functions should be used in raster engine...
|
---|
1010 | qInitDrawhelperAsm();
|
---|
1011 | // and QImage conversion functions
|
---|
1012 | qInitImageConversions();
|
---|
1013 |
|
---|
1014 | #ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
|
---|
1015 | QApplicationPrivate::wheel_scroll_lines = 3;
|
---|
1016 | #endif
|
---|
1017 |
|
---|
1018 | if (qt_is_gui_used)
|
---|
1019 | initializeMultitouch();
|
---|
1020 | }
|
---|
1021 |
|
---|
1022 | /*!
|
---|
1023 | Returns the type of application (\l Tty, GuiClient, or
|
---|
1024 | GuiServer). The type is set when constructing the QApplication
|
---|
1025 | object.
|
---|
1026 | */
|
---|
1027 | QApplication::Type QApplication::type()
|
---|
1028 | {
|
---|
1029 | return qt_appType;
|
---|
1030 | }
|
---|
1031 |
|
---|
1032 | /*****************************************************************************
|
---|
1033 | Functions returning the active popup and modal widgets.
|
---|
1034 | *****************************************************************************/
|
---|
1035 |
|
---|
1036 | /*!
|
---|
1037 | Returns the active popup widget.
|
---|
1038 |
|
---|
1039 | A popup widget is a special top-level widget that sets the \c
|
---|
1040 | Qt::WType_Popup widget flag, e.g. the QMenu widget. When the application
|
---|
1041 | opens a popup widget, all events are sent to the popup. Normal widgets and
|
---|
1042 | modal widgets cannot be accessed before the popup widget is closed.
|
---|
1043 |
|
---|
1044 | Only other popup widgets may be opened when a popup widget is shown. The
|
---|
1045 | popup widgets are organized in a stack. This function returns the active
|
---|
1046 | popup widget at the top of the stack.
|
---|
1047 |
|
---|
1048 | \sa activeModalWidget(), topLevelWidgets()
|
---|
1049 | */
|
---|
1050 |
|
---|
1051 | QWidget *QApplication::activePopupWidget()
|
---|
1052 | {
|
---|
1053 | return QApplicationPrivate::popupWidgets && !QApplicationPrivate::popupWidgets->isEmpty() ?
|
---|
1054 | QApplicationPrivate::popupWidgets->last() : 0;
|
---|
1055 | }
|
---|
1056 |
|
---|
1057 |
|
---|
1058 | /*!
|
---|
1059 | Returns the active modal widget.
|
---|
1060 |
|
---|
1061 | A modal widget is a special top-level widget which is a subclass of QDialog
|
---|
1062 | that specifies the modal parameter of the constructor as true. A modal
|
---|
1063 | widget must be closed before the user can continue with other parts of the
|
---|
1064 | program.
|
---|
1065 |
|
---|
1066 | Modal widgets are organized in a stack. This function returns the active
|
---|
1067 | modal widget at the top of the stack.
|
---|
1068 |
|
---|
1069 | \sa activePopupWidget(), topLevelWidgets()
|
---|
1070 | */
|
---|
1071 |
|
---|
1072 | QWidget *QApplication::activeModalWidget()
|
---|
1073 | {
|
---|
1074 | return qt_modal_stack && !qt_modal_stack->isEmpty() ? qt_modal_stack->first() : 0;
|
---|
1075 | }
|
---|
1076 |
|
---|
1077 | /*!
|
---|
1078 | Cleans up any window system resources that were allocated by this
|
---|
1079 | application. Sets the global variable \c qApp to 0.
|
---|
1080 | */
|
---|
1081 |
|
---|
1082 | QApplication::~QApplication()
|
---|
1083 | {
|
---|
1084 | Q_D(QApplication);
|
---|
1085 |
|
---|
1086 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
1087 | // flush clipboard contents
|
---|
1088 | if (qt_clipboard) {
|
---|
1089 | QEvent event(QEvent::Clipboard);
|
---|
1090 | QApplication::sendEvent(qt_clipboard, &event);
|
---|
1091 | }
|
---|
1092 | #endif
|
---|
1093 |
|
---|
1094 | //### this should probable be done even later
|
---|
1095 | qt_call_post_routines();
|
---|
1096 |
|
---|
1097 | // kill timers before closing down the dispatcher
|
---|
1098 | d->toolTipWakeUp.stop();
|
---|
1099 | d->toolTipFallAsleep.stop();
|
---|
1100 |
|
---|
1101 | d->eventDispatcher->closingDown();
|
---|
1102 | d->eventDispatcher = 0;
|
---|
1103 | QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing = true;
|
---|
1104 | QApplicationPrivate::is_app_running = false;
|
---|
1105 |
|
---|
1106 | delete QWidgetPrivate::mapper;
|
---|
1107 | QWidgetPrivate::mapper = 0;
|
---|
1108 |
|
---|
1109 | // delete all widgets
|
---|
1110 | if (QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets) {
|
---|
1111 | QWidgetSet *mySet = QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets;
|
---|
1112 | QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets = 0;
|
---|
1113 | for (QWidgetSet::ConstIterator it = mySet->constBegin(); it != mySet->constEnd(); ++it) {
|
---|
1114 | register QWidget *w = *it;
|
---|
1115 | if (!w->parent()) // window
|
---|
1116 | w->destroy(true, true);
|
---|
1117 | }
|
---|
1118 | delete mySet;
|
---|
1119 | }
|
---|
1120 |
|
---|
1121 | delete qt_desktopWidget;
|
---|
1122 | qt_desktopWidget = 0;
|
---|
1123 |
|
---|
1124 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
1125 | delete qt_clipboard;
|
---|
1126 | qt_clipboard = 0;
|
---|
1127 | #endif
|
---|
1128 |
|
---|
1129 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
1130 | delete d->move_cursor; d->move_cursor = 0;
|
---|
1131 | delete d->copy_cursor; d->copy_cursor = 0;
|
---|
1132 | delete d->link_cursor; d->link_cursor = 0;
|
---|
1133 | #endif
|
---|
1134 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
1135 | delete d->ignore_cursor; d->ignore_cursor = 0;
|
---|
1136 | #endif
|
---|
1137 |
|
---|
1138 | delete QApplicationPrivate::app_pal;
|
---|
1139 | QApplicationPrivate::app_pal = 0;
|
---|
1140 | delete QApplicationPrivate::sys_pal;
|
---|
1141 | QApplicationPrivate::sys_pal = 0;
|
---|
1142 | delete QApplicationPrivate::set_pal;
|
---|
1143 | QApplicationPrivate::set_pal = 0;
|
---|
1144 | app_palettes()->clear();
|
---|
1145 |
|
---|
1146 | {
|
---|
1147 | QMutexLocker locker(applicationFontMutex());
|
---|
1148 | delete QApplicationPrivate::app_font;
|
---|
1149 | QApplicationPrivate::app_font = 0;
|
---|
1150 | }
|
---|
1151 | delete QApplicationPrivate::sys_font;
|
---|
1152 | QApplicationPrivate::sys_font = 0;
|
---|
1153 | delete QApplicationPrivate::set_font;
|
---|
1154 | QApplicationPrivate::set_font = 0;
|
---|
1155 | app_fonts()->clear();
|
---|
1156 |
|
---|
1157 | delete QApplicationPrivate::app_style;
|
---|
1158 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style = 0;
|
---|
1159 | delete QApplicationPrivate::app_icon;
|
---|
1160 | QApplicationPrivate::app_icon = 0;
|
---|
1161 | delete QApplicationPrivate::graphics_system;
|
---|
1162 | QApplicationPrivate::graphics_system = 0;
|
---|
1163 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
1164 | d->cursor_list.clear();
|
---|
1165 | #endif
|
---|
1166 |
|
---|
1167 | #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
---|
1168 | if (qt_is_gui_used)
|
---|
1169 | delete QDragManager::self();
|
---|
1170 | #endif
|
---|
1171 |
|
---|
1172 | d->cleanupMultitouch();
|
---|
1173 |
|
---|
1174 | qt_cleanup();
|
---|
1175 |
|
---|
1176 | if (QApplicationPrivate::widgetCount)
|
---|
1177 | qDebug("Widgets left: %i Max widgets: %i \n", QWidgetPrivate::instanceCounter, QWidgetPrivate::maxInstances);
|
---|
1178 | #ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
---|
1179 | delete d->session_manager;
|
---|
1180 | d->session_manager = 0;
|
---|
1181 | #endif //QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
---|
1182 |
|
---|
1183 | QApplicationPrivate::obey_desktop_settings = true;
|
---|
1184 | QApplicationPrivate::cursor_flash_time = 1000;
|
---|
1185 | QApplicationPrivate::mouse_double_click_time = 400;
|
---|
1186 | QApplicationPrivate::keyboard_input_time = 400;
|
---|
1187 |
|
---|
1188 | drag_time = 500;
|
---|
1189 | drag_distance = 4;
|
---|
1190 | layout_direction = Qt::LeftToRight;
|
---|
1191 | QApplicationPrivate::app_strut = QSize(0, 0);
|
---|
1192 | QApplicationPrivate::animate_ui = true;
|
---|
1193 | QApplicationPrivate::animate_menu = false;
|
---|
1194 | QApplicationPrivate::fade_menu = false;
|
---|
1195 | QApplicationPrivate::animate_combo = false;
|
---|
1196 | QApplicationPrivate::animate_tooltip = false;
|
---|
1197 | QApplicationPrivate::fade_tooltip = false;
|
---|
1198 | QApplicationPrivate::widgetCount = false;
|
---|
1199 |
|
---|
1200 | #ifndef QT_NO_STATEMACHINE
|
---|
1201 | // trigger unregistering of QStateMachine's GUI types
|
---|
1202 | qUnregisterGuiStateMachine();
|
---|
1203 | #endif
|
---|
1204 | // trigger unregistering of QVariant's GUI types
|
---|
1205 | qUnregisterGuiVariant();
|
---|
1206 | }
|
---|
1207 |
|
---|
1208 |
|
---|
1209 | /*!
|
---|
1210 | \fn QWidget *QApplication::widgetAt(const QPoint &point)
|
---|
1211 |
|
---|
1212 | Returns the widget at global screen position \a point, or 0 if there is no
|
---|
1213 | Qt widget there.
|
---|
1214 |
|
---|
1215 | This function can be slow.
|
---|
1216 |
|
---|
1217 | \sa QCursor::pos(), QWidget::grabMouse(), QWidget::grabKeyboard()
|
---|
1218 | */
|
---|
1219 | QWidget *QApplication::widgetAt(const QPoint &p)
|
---|
1220 | {
|
---|
1221 | QWidget *window = QApplication::topLevelAt(p);
|
---|
1222 | if (!window)
|
---|
1223 | return 0;
|
---|
1224 |
|
---|
1225 | QWidget *child = 0;
|
---|
1226 |
|
---|
1227 | if (!window->testAttribute(Qt::WA_TransparentForMouseEvents))
|
---|
1228 | child = window->childAt(window->mapFromGlobal(p));
|
---|
1229 |
|
---|
1230 | if (child)
|
---|
1231 | return child;
|
---|
1232 |
|
---|
1233 | if (window->testAttribute(Qt::WA_TransparentForMouseEvents)) {
|
---|
1234 | //shoot a hole in the widget and try once again,
|
---|
1235 | //suboptimal on Qt for Embedded Linux where we do
|
---|
1236 | //know the stacking order of the toplevels.
|
---|
1237 | int x = p.x();
|
---|
1238 | int y = p.y();
|
---|
1239 | QRegion oldmask = window->mask();
|
---|
1240 | QPoint wpoint = window->mapFromGlobal(QPoint(x, y));
|
---|
1241 | QRegion newmask = (oldmask.isEmpty() ? QRegion(window->rect()) : oldmask)
|
---|
1242 | - QRegion(wpoint.x(), wpoint.y(), 1, 1);
|
---|
1243 | window->setMask(newmask);
|
---|
1244 | QWidget *recurse = 0;
|
---|
1245 | if (QApplication::topLevelAt(p) != window) // verify recursion will terminate
|
---|
1246 | recurse = widgetAt(x, y);
|
---|
1247 | if (oldmask.isEmpty())
|
---|
1248 | window->clearMask();
|
---|
1249 | else
|
---|
1250 | window->setMask(oldmask);
|
---|
1251 | return recurse;
|
---|
1252 | }
|
---|
1253 | return window;
|
---|
1254 | }
|
---|
1255 |
|
---|
1256 | /*!
|
---|
1257 | \fn QWidget *QApplication::widgetAt(int x, int y)
|
---|
1258 |
|
---|
1259 | \overload
|
---|
1260 |
|
---|
1261 | Returns the widget at global screen position (\a x, \a y), or 0 if there is
|
---|
1262 | no Qt widget there.
|
---|
1263 | */
|
---|
1264 |
|
---|
1265 | /*!
|
---|
1266 | \fn void QApplication::setArgs(int argc, char **argv)
|
---|
1267 | \internal
|
---|
1268 | */
|
---|
1269 |
|
---|
1270 |
|
---|
1271 |
|
---|
1272 | /*!
|
---|
1273 | \internal
|
---|
1274 | */
|
---|
1275 | bool QApplication::compressEvent(QEvent *event, QObject *receiver, QPostEventList *postedEvents)
|
---|
1276 | {
|
---|
1277 | if ((event->type() == QEvent::UpdateRequest
|
---|
1278 | #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
|
---|
1279 | || event->type() == QEvent::LayoutHint
|
---|
1280 | #endif
|
---|
1281 | || event->type() == QEvent::LayoutRequest
|
---|
1282 | || event->type() == QEvent::Resize
|
---|
1283 | || event->type() == QEvent::Move
|
---|
1284 | || event->type() == QEvent::LanguageChange
|
---|
1285 | || event->type() == QEvent::UpdateSoftKeys
|
---|
1286 | || event->type() == QEvent::InputMethod)) {
|
---|
1287 | for (int i = 0; i < postedEvents->size(); ++i) {
|
---|
1288 | const QPostEvent &cur = postedEvents->at(i);
|
---|
1289 | if (cur.receiver != receiver || cur.event == 0 || cur.event->type() != event->type())
|
---|
1290 | continue;
|
---|
1291 | if (cur.event->type() == QEvent::LayoutRequest
|
---|
1292 | #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
|
---|
1293 | || cur.event->type() == QEvent::LayoutHint
|
---|
1294 | #endif
|
---|
1295 | || cur.event->type() == QEvent::UpdateRequest) {
|
---|
1296 | ;
|
---|
1297 | } else if (cur.event->type() == QEvent::Resize) {
|
---|
1298 | ((QResizeEvent *)(cur.event))->s = ((QResizeEvent *)event)->s;
|
---|
1299 | } else if (cur.event->type() == QEvent::Move) {
|
---|
1300 | ((QMoveEvent *)(cur.event))->p = ((QMoveEvent *)event)->p;
|
---|
1301 | } else if (cur.event->type() == QEvent::LanguageChange) {
|
---|
1302 | ;
|
---|
1303 | } else if (cur.event->type() == QEvent::UpdateSoftKeys) {
|
---|
1304 | ;
|
---|
1305 | } else if ( cur.event->type() == QEvent::InputMethod ) {
|
---|
1306 | *(QInputMethodEvent *)(cur.event) = *(QInputMethodEvent *)event;
|
---|
1307 | } else {
|
---|
1308 | continue;
|
---|
1309 | }
|
---|
1310 | delete event;
|
---|
1311 | return true;
|
---|
1312 | }
|
---|
1313 | return false;
|
---|
1314 | }
|
---|
1315 | return QCoreApplication::compressEvent(event, receiver, postedEvents);
|
---|
1316 | }
|
---|
1317 |
|
---|
1318 | /*!
|
---|
1319 | \property QApplication::styleSheet
|
---|
1320 | \brief the application style sheet
|
---|
1321 | \since 4.2
|
---|
1322 |
|
---|
1323 | By default, this property returns an empty string unless the user specifies
|
---|
1324 | the \c{-stylesheet} option on the command line when running the application.
|
---|
1325 |
|
---|
1326 | \sa QWidget::setStyle(), {Qt Style Sheets}
|
---|
1327 | */
|
---|
1328 |
|
---|
1329 | /*!
|
---|
1330 | \property QApplication::autoMaximizeThreshold
|
---|
1331 | \since 4.4
|
---|
1332 | \brief defines a threshold for auto maximizing widgets
|
---|
1333 |
|
---|
1334 | \bold{The auto maximize threshold is only available as part of Qt for
|
---|
1335 | Windows CE.}
|
---|
1336 |
|
---|
1337 | This property defines a threshold for the size of a window as a percentage
|
---|
1338 | of the screen size. If the minimum size hint of a window exceeds the
|
---|
1339 | threshold, calling show() will cause the window to be maximized
|
---|
1340 | automatically.
|
---|
1341 |
|
---|
1342 | Setting the threshold to 100 or greater means that the widget will always
|
---|
1343 | be maximized. Alternatively, setting the threshold to 50 means that the
|
---|
1344 | widget will be maximized only if the vertical minimum size hint is at least
|
---|
1345 | 50% of the vertical screen size.
|
---|
1346 |
|
---|
1347 | Setting the threshold to -1 disables the feature.
|
---|
1348 |
|
---|
1349 | On Windows CE the default is -1 (i.e., it is disabled).
|
---|
1350 | On Windows Mobile the default is 40.
|
---|
1351 | */
|
---|
1352 |
|
---|
1353 | /*!
|
---|
1354 | \property QApplication::autoSipEnabled
|
---|
1355 | \since 4.5
|
---|
1356 | \brief toggles automatic SIP (software input panel) visibility
|
---|
1357 |
|
---|
1358 | Set this property to \c true to automatically display the SIP when entering
|
---|
1359 | widgets that accept keyboard input. This property only affects widgets with
|
---|
1360 | the WA_InputMethodEnabled attribute set, and is typically used to launch
|
---|
1361 | a virtual keyboard on devices which have very few or no keys.
|
---|
1362 |
|
---|
1363 | \bold{ The property only has an effect on platforms which use software input
|
---|
1364 | panels, such as Windows CE and Symbian.}
|
---|
1365 |
|
---|
1366 | The default is platform dependent.
|
---|
1367 | */
|
---|
1368 |
|
---|
1369 | #ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
|
---|
1370 | void QApplication::setAutoMaximizeThreshold(const int threshold)
|
---|
1371 | {
|
---|
1372 | QApplicationPrivate::autoMaximizeThreshold = threshold;
|
---|
1373 | }
|
---|
1374 |
|
---|
1375 | int QApplication::autoMaximizeThreshold() const
|
---|
1376 | {
|
---|
1377 | return QApplicationPrivate::autoMaximizeThreshold;
|
---|
1378 | }
|
---|
1379 | #endif
|
---|
1380 |
|
---|
1381 | void QApplication::setAutoSipEnabled(const bool enabled)
|
---|
1382 | {
|
---|
1383 | QApplicationPrivate::autoSipEnabled = enabled;
|
---|
1384 | }
|
---|
1385 |
|
---|
1386 | bool QApplication::autoSipEnabled() const
|
---|
1387 | {
|
---|
1388 | return QApplicationPrivate::autoSipEnabled;
|
---|
1389 | }
|
---|
1390 |
|
---|
1391 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
|
---|
1392 |
|
---|
1393 | QString QApplication::styleSheet() const
|
---|
1394 | {
|
---|
1395 | return QApplicationPrivate::styleSheet;
|
---|
1396 | }
|
---|
1397 |
|
---|
1398 | void QApplication::setStyleSheet(const QString& styleSheet)
|
---|
1399 | {
|
---|
1400 | QApplicationPrivate::styleSheet = styleSheet;
|
---|
1401 | QStyleSheetStyle *proxy = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle*>(QApplicationPrivate::app_style);
|
---|
1402 | if (styleSheet.isEmpty()) { // application style sheet removed
|
---|
1403 | if (!proxy)
|
---|
1404 | return; // there was no stylesheet before
|
---|
1405 | setStyle(proxy->base);
|
---|
1406 | } else if (proxy) { // style sheet update, just repolish
|
---|
1407 | proxy->repolish(qApp);
|
---|
1408 | } else { // stylesheet set the first time
|
---|
1409 | QStyleSheetStyle *newProxy = new QStyleSheetStyle(QApplicationPrivate::app_style);
|
---|
1410 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style->setParent(newProxy);
|
---|
1411 | setStyle(newProxy);
|
---|
1412 | }
|
---|
1413 | }
|
---|
1414 |
|
---|
1415 | #endif // QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
|
---|
1416 |
|
---|
1417 | /*!
|
---|
1418 | Returns the application's style object.
|
---|
1419 |
|
---|
1420 | \sa setStyle(), QStyle
|
---|
1421 | */
|
---|
1422 | QStyle *QApplication::style()
|
---|
1423 | {
|
---|
1424 | if (QApplicationPrivate::app_style)
|
---|
1425 | return QApplicationPrivate::app_style;
|
---|
1426 | if (!qt_is_gui_used) {
|
---|
1427 | Q_ASSERT(!"No style available in non-gui applications!");
|
---|
1428 | return 0;
|
---|
1429 | }
|
---|
1430 |
|
---|
1431 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::app_style) {
|
---|
1432 | // Compile-time search for default style
|
---|
1433 | //
|
---|
1434 | QString style;
|
---|
1435 | #ifdef QT_BUILD_INTERNAL
|
---|
1436 | QString envStyle = QString::fromLocal8Bit(qgetenv("QT_STYLE_OVERRIDE"));
|
---|
1437 | #else
|
---|
1438 | QString envStyle;
|
---|
1439 | #endif
|
---|
1440 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::styleOverride.isEmpty()) {
|
---|
1441 | style = QApplicationPrivate::styleOverride;
|
---|
1442 | } else if (!envStyle.isEmpty()) {
|
---|
1443 | style = envStyle;
|
---|
1444 | } else {
|
---|
1445 | style = QApplicationPrivate::desktopStyleKey();
|
---|
1446 | }
|
---|
1447 |
|
---|
1448 | QStyle *&app_style = QApplicationPrivate::app_style;
|
---|
1449 | app_style = QStyleFactory::create(style);
|
---|
1450 | if (!app_style) {
|
---|
1451 | QStringList styles = QStyleFactory::keys();
|
---|
1452 | for (int i = 0; i < styles.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
1453 | if ((app_style = QStyleFactory::create(styles.at(i))))
|
---|
1454 | break;
|
---|
1455 | }
|
---|
1456 | }
|
---|
1457 | if (!app_style) {
|
---|
1458 | Q_ASSERT(!"No styles available!");
|
---|
1459 | return 0;
|
---|
1460 | }
|
---|
1461 | }
|
---|
1462 | // take ownership of the style
|
---|
1463 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style->setParent(qApp);
|
---|
1464 |
|
---|
1465 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::sys_pal)
|
---|
1466 | QApplicationPrivate::setSystemPalette(QApplicationPrivate::app_style->standardPalette());
|
---|
1467 | if (QApplicationPrivate::set_pal) // repolish set palette with the new style
|
---|
1468 | QApplication::setPalette(*QApplicationPrivate::set_pal);
|
---|
1469 |
|
---|
1470 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
|
---|
1471 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::styleSheet.isEmpty()) {
|
---|
1472 | qApp->setStyleSheet(QApplicationPrivate::styleSheet);
|
---|
1473 | } else
|
---|
1474 | #endif
|
---|
1475 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style->polish(qApp);
|
---|
1476 |
|
---|
1477 | return QApplicationPrivate::app_style;
|
---|
1478 | }
|
---|
1479 |
|
---|
1480 | /*!
|
---|
1481 | Sets the application's GUI style to \a style. Ownership of the style object
|
---|
1482 | is transferred to QApplication, so QApplication will delete the style
|
---|
1483 | object on application exit or when a new style is set and the old style is
|
---|
1484 | still the parent of the application object.
|
---|
1485 |
|
---|
1486 | Example usage:
|
---|
1487 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 1
|
---|
1488 |
|
---|
1489 | When switching application styles, the color palette is set back to the
|
---|
1490 | initial colors or the system defaults. This is necessary since certain
|
---|
1491 | styles have to adapt the color palette to be fully style-guide compliant.
|
---|
1492 |
|
---|
1493 | Setting the style before a palette has been se, i.e., before creating
|
---|
1494 | QApplication, will cause the application to use QStyle::standardPalette()
|
---|
1495 | for the palette.
|
---|
1496 |
|
---|
1497 | \warning Qt style sheets are currently not supported for custom QStyle
|
---|
1498 | subclasses. We plan to address this in some future release.
|
---|
1499 |
|
---|
1500 | \sa style(), QStyle, setPalette(), desktopSettingsAware()
|
---|
1501 | */
|
---|
1502 | void QApplication::setStyle(QStyle *style)
|
---|
1503 | {
|
---|
1504 | if (!style || style == QApplicationPrivate::app_style)
|
---|
1505 | return;
|
---|
1506 |
|
---|
1507 | QWidgetList all = allWidgets();
|
---|
1508 |
|
---|
1509 | // clean up the old style
|
---|
1510 | if (QApplicationPrivate::app_style) {
|
---|
1511 | if (QApplicationPrivate::is_app_running && !QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing) {
|
---|
1512 | for (QWidgetList::ConstIterator it = all.constBegin(); it != all.constEnd(); ++it) {
|
---|
1513 | register QWidget *w = *it;
|
---|
1514 | if (!(w->windowType() == Qt::Desktop) && // except desktop
|
---|
1515 | w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Polished)) { // has been polished
|
---|
1516 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style->unpolish(w);
|
---|
1517 | }
|
---|
1518 | }
|
---|
1519 | }
|
---|
1520 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style->unpolish(qApp);
|
---|
1521 | }
|
---|
1522 |
|
---|
1523 | QStyle *old = QApplicationPrivate::app_style; // save
|
---|
1524 |
|
---|
1525 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
|
---|
1526 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::styleSheet.isEmpty() && !qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(style)) {
|
---|
1527 | // we have a stylesheet already and a new style is being set
|
---|
1528 | QStyleSheetStyle *newProxy = new QStyleSheetStyle(style);
|
---|
1529 | style->setParent(newProxy);
|
---|
1530 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style = newProxy;
|
---|
1531 | } else
|
---|
1532 | #endif // QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
|
---|
1533 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style = style;
|
---|
1534 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style->setParent(qApp); // take ownership
|
---|
1535 |
|
---|
1536 | // take care of possible palette requirements of certain gui
|
---|
1537 | // styles. Do it before polishing the application since the style
|
---|
1538 | // might call QApplication::setPalette() itself
|
---|
1539 | if (QApplicationPrivate::set_pal) {
|
---|
1540 | QApplication::setPalette(*QApplicationPrivate::set_pal);
|
---|
1541 | } else if (QApplicationPrivate::sys_pal) {
|
---|
1542 | QApplicationPrivate::initializeWidgetPaletteHash();
|
---|
1543 | QApplicationPrivate::setPalette_helper(*QApplicationPrivate::sys_pal, /*className=*/0, /*clearWidgetPaletteHash=*/false);
|
---|
1544 | } else if (!QApplicationPrivate::sys_pal) {
|
---|
1545 | // Initialize the sys_pal if it hasn't happened yet...
|
---|
1546 | QApplicationPrivate::setSystemPalette(QApplicationPrivate::app_style->standardPalette());
|
---|
1547 | }
|
---|
1548 |
|
---|
1549 | // initialize the application with the new style
|
---|
1550 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style->polish(qApp);
|
---|
1551 |
|
---|
1552 | // re-polish existing widgets if necessary
|
---|
1553 | if (QApplicationPrivate::is_app_running && !QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing) {
|
---|
1554 | for (QWidgetList::ConstIterator it1 = all.constBegin(); it1 != all.constEnd(); ++it1) {
|
---|
1555 | register QWidget *w = *it1;
|
---|
1556 | if (w->windowType() != Qt::Desktop && w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Polished)) {
|
---|
1557 | if (w->style() == QApplicationPrivate::app_style)
|
---|
1558 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style->polish(w); // repolish
|
---|
1559 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
|
---|
1560 | else
|
---|
1561 | w->setStyleSheet(w->styleSheet()); // touch
|
---|
1562 | #endif
|
---|
1563 | }
|
---|
1564 | }
|
---|
1565 |
|
---|
1566 | for (QWidgetList::ConstIterator it2 = all.constBegin(); it2 != all.constEnd(); ++it2) {
|
---|
1567 | register QWidget *w = *it2;
|
---|
1568 | if (w->windowType() != Qt::Desktop && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetStyle)) {
|
---|
1569 | QEvent e(QEvent::StyleChange);
|
---|
1570 | QApplication::sendEvent(w, &e);
|
---|
1571 | #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
|
---|
1572 | if (old)
|
---|
1573 | w->styleChange(*old);
|
---|
1574 | #endif
|
---|
1575 | w->update();
|
---|
1576 | }
|
---|
1577 | }
|
---|
1578 | }
|
---|
1579 |
|
---|
1580 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
|
---|
1581 | if (QStyleSheetStyle *oldProxy = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(old)) {
|
---|
1582 | oldProxy->deref();
|
---|
1583 | } else
|
---|
1584 | #endif
|
---|
1585 | if (old && old->parent() == qApp) {
|
---|
1586 | delete old;
|
---|
1587 | }
|
---|
1588 |
|
---|
1589 | if (QApplicationPrivate::focus_widget) {
|
---|
1590 | QFocusEvent in(QEvent::FocusIn, Qt::OtherFocusReason);
|
---|
1591 | QApplication::sendEvent(QApplicationPrivate::focus_widget->style(), &in);
|
---|
1592 | QApplicationPrivate::focus_widget->update();
|
---|
1593 | }
|
---|
1594 | }
|
---|
1595 |
|
---|
1596 | /*!
|
---|
1597 | \overload
|
---|
1598 |
|
---|
1599 | Requests a QStyle object for \a style from the QStyleFactory.
|
---|
1600 |
|
---|
1601 | The string must be one of the QStyleFactory::keys(), typically one of
|
---|
1602 | "windows", "motif", "cde", "plastique", "windowsxp", or "macintosh". Style
|
---|
1603 | names are case insensitive.
|
---|
1604 |
|
---|
1605 | Returns 0 if an unknown \a style is passed, otherwise the QStyle object
|
---|
1606 | returned is set as the application's GUI style.
|
---|
1607 |
|
---|
1608 | \warning To ensure that the application's style is set correctly, it is
|
---|
1609 | best to call this function before the QApplication constructor, if
|
---|
1610 | possible.
|
---|
1611 | */
|
---|
1612 | QStyle* QApplication::setStyle(const QString& style)
|
---|
1613 | {
|
---|
1614 | QStyle *s = QStyleFactory::create(style);
|
---|
1615 | if (!s)
|
---|
1616 | return 0;
|
---|
1617 |
|
---|
1618 | setStyle(s);
|
---|
1619 | return s;
|
---|
1620 | }
|
---|
1621 |
|
---|
1622 | /*!
|
---|
1623 | \since 4.5
|
---|
1624 |
|
---|
1625 | Sets the default graphics backend to \a system, which will be used for
|
---|
1626 | on-screen widgets and QPixmaps. The available systems are \c{"native"},
|
---|
1627 | \c{"raster"} and \c{"opengl"}.
|
---|
1628 |
|
---|
1629 | There are several ways to set the graphics backend, in order of decreasing
|
---|
1630 | precedence:
|
---|
1631 | \list
|
---|
1632 | \o the application commandline \c{-graphicssystem} switch
|
---|
1633 | \o QApplication::setGraphicsSystem()
|
---|
1634 | \o the QT_GRAPHICSSYSTEM environment variable
|
---|
1635 | \o the Qt configure \c{-graphicssystem} switch
|
---|
1636 | \endlist
|
---|
1637 | If the highest precedence switch sets an invalid name, the error will be
|
---|
1638 | ignored and the default backend will be used.
|
---|
1639 |
|
---|
1640 | \warning This function is only effective before the QApplication constructor
|
---|
1641 | is called.
|
---|
1642 |
|
---|
1643 | \note The \c{"opengl"} option is currently experimental.
|
---|
1644 | */
|
---|
1645 |
|
---|
1646 | void QApplication::setGraphicsSystem(const QString &system)
|
---|
1647 | {
|
---|
1648 | #ifdef QT_GRAPHICSSYSTEM_RUNTIME
|
---|
1649 | if (QApplicationPrivate::graphics_system_name == QLatin1String("runtime")) {
|
---|
1650 | QRuntimeGraphicsSystem *r =
|
---|
1651 | static_cast<QRuntimeGraphicsSystem *>(QApplicationPrivate::graphics_system);
|
---|
1652 | r->setGraphicsSystem(system);
|
---|
1653 | } else
|
---|
1654 | #endif
|
---|
1655 | QApplicationPrivate::graphics_system_name = system;
|
---|
1656 | }
|
---|
1657 |
|
---|
1658 | /*!
|
---|
1659 | Returns the color specification.
|
---|
1660 |
|
---|
1661 | \sa QApplication::setColorSpec()
|
---|
1662 | */
|
---|
1663 |
|
---|
1664 | int QApplication::colorSpec()
|
---|
1665 | {
|
---|
1666 | return QApplicationPrivate::app_cspec;
|
---|
1667 | }
|
---|
1668 |
|
---|
1669 | /*!
|
---|
1670 | Sets the color specification for the application to \a spec.
|
---|
1671 |
|
---|
1672 | The color specification controls how the application allocates colors when
|
---|
1673 | run on a display with a limited amount of colors, e.g. 8 bit / 256 color
|
---|
1674 | displays.
|
---|
1675 |
|
---|
1676 | The color specification must be set before you create the QApplication
|
---|
1677 | object.
|
---|
1678 |
|
---|
1679 | The options are:
|
---|
1680 | \list
|
---|
1681 | \o QApplication::NormalColor. This is the default color allocation
|
---|
1682 | strategy. Use this option if your application uses buttons, menus,
|
---|
1683 | texts and pixmaps with few colors. With this option, the
|
---|
1684 | application uses system global colors. This works fine for most
|
---|
1685 | applications under X11, but on the Windows platform, it may cause
|
---|
1686 | dithering of non-standard colors.
|
---|
1687 | \o QApplication::CustomColor. Use this option if your application
|
---|
1688 | needs a small number of custom colors. On X11, this option is the
|
---|
1689 | same as NormalColor. On Windows, Qt creates a Windows palette, and
|
---|
1690 | allocates colors to it on demand.
|
---|
1691 | \o QApplication::ManyColor. Use this option if your application is
|
---|
1692 | very color hungry, e.g., it requires thousands of colors. \br
|
---|
1693 | Under X11 the effect is:
|
---|
1694 | \list
|
---|
1695 | \o For 256-color displays which have at best a 256 color true
|
---|
1696 | color visual, the default visual is used, and colors are
|
---|
1697 | allocated from a color cube. The color cube is the 6x6x6
|
---|
1698 | (216 color) "Web palette" (the red, green, and blue
|
---|
1699 | components always have one of the following values: 0x00,
|
---|
1700 | 0x33, 0x66, 0x99, 0xCC, or 0xFF), but the number of colors
|
---|
1701 | can be changed by the \e -ncols option. The user can force
|
---|
1702 | the application to use the true color visual with the
|
---|
1703 | \l{QApplication::QApplication()}{-visual} option.
|
---|
1704 | \o For 256-color displays which have a true color visual with
|
---|
1705 | more than 256 colors, use that visual. Silicon Graphics X
|
---|
1706 | servers this feature, for example. They provide an 8 bit
|
---|
1707 | visual by default but can deliver true color when asked.
|
---|
1708 | \endlist
|
---|
1709 | On Windows, Qt creates a Windows palette, and fills it with a color
|
---|
1710 | cube.
|
---|
1711 | \endlist
|
---|
1712 |
|
---|
1713 | Be aware that the CustomColor and ManyColor choices may lead to colormap
|
---|
1714 | flashing: The foreground application gets (most) of the available colors,
|
---|
1715 | while the background windows will look less attractive.
|
---|
1716 |
|
---|
1717 | Example:
|
---|
1718 |
|
---|
1719 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 2
|
---|
1720 |
|
---|
1721 | \sa colorSpec()
|
---|
1722 | */
|
---|
1723 |
|
---|
1724 | void QApplication::setColorSpec(int spec)
|
---|
1725 | {
|
---|
1726 | if (qApp)
|
---|
1727 | qWarning("QApplication::setColorSpec: This function must be "
|
---|
1728 | "called before the QApplication object is created");
|
---|
1729 | QApplicationPrivate::app_cspec = spec;
|
---|
1730 | }
|
---|
1731 |
|
---|
1732 | /*!
|
---|
1733 | \property QApplication::globalStrut
|
---|
1734 | \brief the minimum size that any GUI element that the user can interact
|
---|
1735 | with should have
|
---|
1736 |
|
---|
1737 | For example, no button should be resized to be smaller than the global
|
---|
1738 | strut size. The strut size should be considered when reimplementing GUI
|
---|
1739 | controls that may be used on touch-screens or similar I/O devices.
|
---|
1740 |
|
---|
1741 | Example:
|
---|
1742 |
|
---|
1743 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 3
|
---|
1744 |
|
---|
1745 | By default, this property contains a QSize object with zero width and height.
|
---|
1746 | */
|
---|
1747 | QSize QApplication::globalStrut()
|
---|
1748 | {
|
---|
1749 | return QApplicationPrivate::app_strut;
|
---|
1750 | }
|
---|
1751 |
|
---|
1752 | void QApplication::setGlobalStrut(const QSize& strut)
|
---|
1753 | {
|
---|
1754 | QApplicationPrivate::app_strut = strut;
|
---|
1755 | }
|
---|
1756 |
|
---|
1757 | /*!
|
---|
1758 | Returns the application palette.
|
---|
1759 |
|
---|
1760 | \sa setPalette(), QWidget::palette()
|
---|
1761 | */
|
---|
1762 | QPalette QApplication::palette()
|
---|
1763 | {
|
---|
1764 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::app_pal)
|
---|
1765 | QApplicationPrivate::app_pal = new QPalette(Qt::black);
|
---|
1766 | return *QApplicationPrivate::app_pal;
|
---|
1767 | }
|
---|
1768 |
|
---|
1769 | /*!
|
---|
1770 | \fn QPalette QApplication::palette(const QWidget* widget)
|
---|
1771 | \overload
|
---|
1772 |
|
---|
1773 | If a \a widget is passed, the default palette for the widget's class is
|
---|
1774 | returned. This may or may not be the application palette. In most cases
|
---|
1775 | there is no special palette for certain types of widgets, but one notable
|
---|
1776 | exception is the popup menu under Windows, if the user has defined a
|
---|
1777 | special background color for menus in the display settings.
|
---|
1778 |
|
---|
1779 | \sa setPalette(), QWidget::palette()
|
---|
1780 | */
|
---|
1781 | QPalette QApplication::palette(const QWidget* w)
|
---|
1782 | {
|
---|
1783 | PaletteHash *hash = app_palettes();
|
---|
1784 | if (w && hash && hash->size()) {
|
---|
1785 | QHash<QByteArray, QPalette>::ConstIterator it = hash->constFind(w->metaObject()->className());
|
---|
1786 | if (it != hash->constEnd())
|
---|
1787 | return *it;
|
---|
1788 | for (it = hash->constBegin(); it != hash->constEnd(); ++it) {
|
---|
1789 | if (w->inherits(it.key()))
|
---|
1790 | return it.value();
|
---|
1791 | }
|
---|
1792 | }
|
---|
1793 | return palette();
|
---|
1794 | }
|
---|
1795 |
|
---|
1796 | /*!
|
---|
1797 | \overload
|
---|
1798 |
|
---|
1799 | Returns the palette for widgets of the given \a className.
|
---|
1800 |
|
---|
1801 | \sa setPalette(), QWidget::palette()
|
---|
1802 | */
|
---|
1803 | QPalette QApplication::palette(const char *className)
|
---|
1804 | {
|
---|
1805 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::app_pal)
|
---|
1806 | palette();
|
---|
1807 | PaletteHash *hash = app_palettes();
|
---|
1808 | if (className && hash && hash->size()) {
|
---|
1809 | QHash<QByteArray, QPalette>::ConstIterator it = hash->constFind(className);
|
---|
1810 | if (it != hash->constEnd())
|
---|
1811 | return *it;
|
---|
1812 | }
|
---|
1813 | return *QApplicationPrivate::app_pal;
|
---|
1814 | }
|
---|
1815 |
|
---|
1816 | void QApplicationPrivate::setPalette_helper(const QPalette &palette, const char* className, bool clearWidgetPaletteHash)
|
---|
1817 | {
|
---|
1818 | QPalette pal = palette;
|
---|
1819 |
|
---|
1820 | if (QApplicationPrivate::app_style)
|
---|
1821 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style->polish(pal); // NB: non-const reference
|
---|
1822 |
|
---|
1823 | bool all = false;
|
---|
1824 | PaletteHash *hash = app_palettes();
|
---|
1825 | if (!className) {
|
---|
1826 | if (QApplicationPrivate::app_pal && pal.isCopyOf(*QApplicationPrivate::app_pal))
|
---|
1827 | return;
|
---|
1828 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::app_pal)
|
---|
1829 | QApplicationPrivate::app_pal = new QPalette(pal);
|
---|
1830 | else
|
---|
1831 | *QApplicationPrivate::app_pal = pal;
|
---|
1832 | if (hash && hash->size()) {
|
---|
1833 | all = true;
|
---|
1834 | if (clearWidgetPaletteHash)
|
---|
1835 | hash->clear();
|
---|
1836 | }
|
---|
1837 | } else if (hash) {
|
---|
1838 | hash->insert(className, pal);
|
---|
1839 | }
|
---|
1840 |
|
---|
1841 | if (QApplicationPrivate::is_app_running && !QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing) {
|
---|
1842 | // Send ApplicationPaletteChange to qApp itself, and to the widgets.
|
---|
1843 | QEvent e(QEvent::ApplicationPaletteChange);
|
---|
1844 | QApplication::sendEvent(QApplication::instance(), &e);
|
---|
1845 |
|
---|
1846 | QWidgetList wids = QApplication::allWidgets();
|
---|
1847 | for (QWidgetList::ConstIterator it = wids.constBegin(); it != wids.constEnd(); ++it) {
|
---|
1848 | register QWidget *w = *it;
|
---|
1849 | if (all || (!className && w->isWindow()) || w->inherits(className)) // matching class
|
---|
1850 | QApplication::sendEvent(w, &e);
|
---|
1851 | }
|
---|
1852 |
|
---|
1853 | // Send to all scenes as well.
|
---|
1854 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
1855 | QList<QGraphicsScene *> &scenes = qApp->d_func()->scene_list;
|
---|
1856 | for (QList<QGraphicsScene *>::ConstIterator it = scenes.constBegin();
|
---|
1857 | it != scenes.constEnd(); ++it) {
|
---|
1858 | QApplication::sendEvent(*it, &e);
|
---|
1859 | }
|
---|
1860 | #endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
1861 | }
|
---|
1862 | if (!className && (!QApplicationPrivate::sys_pal || !palette.isCopyOf(*QApplicationPrivate::sys_pal))) {
|
---|
1863 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::set_pal)
|
---|
1864 | QApplicationPrivate::set_pal = new QPalette(palette);
|
---|
1865 | else
|
---|
1866 | *QApplicationPrivate::set_pal = palette;
|
---|
1867 | }
|
---|
1868 | }
|
---|
1869 |
|
---|
1870 | /*!
|
---|
1871 | Changes the default application palette to \a palette.
|
---|
1872 |
|
---|
1873 | If \a className is passed, the change applies only to widgets that inherit
|
---|
1874 | \a className (as reported by QObject::inherits()). If \a className is left
|
---|
1875 | 0, the change affects all widgets, thus overriding any previously set class
|
---|
1876 | specific palettes.
|
---|
1877 |
|
---|
1878 | The palette may be changed according to the current GUI style in
|
---|
1879 | QStyle::polish().
|
---|
1880 |
|
---|
1881 | \warning Do not use this function in conjunction with \l{Qt Style Sheets}.
|
---|
1882 | When using style sheets, the palette of a widget can be customized using
|
---|
1883 | the "color", "background-color", "selection-color",
|
---|
1884 | "selection-background-color" and "alternate-background-color".
|
---|
1885 |
|
---|
1886 | \note Some styles do not use the palette for all drawing, for instance, if
|
---|
1887 | they make use of native theme engines. This is the case for the Windows XP,
|
---|
1888 | Windows Vista, and Mac OS X styles.
|
---|
1889 |
|
---|
1890 | \sa QWidget::setPalette(), palette(), QStyle::polish()
|
---|
1891 | */
|
---|
1892 |
|
---|
1893 | void QApplication::setPalette(const QPalette &palette, const char* className)
|
---|
1894 | {
|
---|
1895 | QApplicationPrivate::setPalette_helper(palette, className, /*clearWidgetPaletteHash=*/ true);
|
---|
1896 | }
|
---|
1897 |
|
---|
1898 |
|
---|
1899 |
|
---|
1900 | void QApplicationPrivate::setSystemPalette(const QPalette &pal)
|
---|
1901 | {
|
---|
1902 | QPalette adjusted;
|
---|
1903 |
|
---|
1904 | #if 0
|
---|
1905 | // adjust the system palette to avoid dithering
|
---|
1906 | QColormap cmap = QColormap::instance();
|
---|
1907 | if (cmap.depths() > 4 && cmap.depths() < 24) {
|
---|
1908 | for (int g = 0; g < QPalette::NColorGroups; g++)
|
---|
1909 | for (int i = 0; i < QPalette::NColorRoles; i++) {
|
---|
1910 | QColor color = pal.color((QPalette::ColorGroup)g, (QPalette::ColorRole)i);
|
---|
1911 | color = cmap.colorAt(cmap.pixel(color));
|
---|
1912 | adjusted.setColor((QPalette::ColorGroup)g, (QPalette::ColorRole) i, color);
|
---|
1913 | }
|
---|
1914 | }
|
---|
1915 | #else
|
---|
1916 | adjusted = pal;
|
---|
1917 | #endif
|
---|
1918 |
|
---|
1919 | if (!sys_pal)
|
---|
1920 | sys_pal = new QPalette(adjusted);
|
---|
1921 | else
|
---|
1922 | *sys_pal = adjusted;
|
---|
1923 |
|
---|
1924 |
|
---|
1925 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::set_pal)
|
---|
1926 | QApplication::setPalette(*sys_pal);
|
---|
1927 | }
|
---|
1928 |
|
---|
1929 | /*!
|
---|
1930 | Returns the default application font.
|
---|
1931 |
|
---|
1932 | \sa fontMetrics(), QWidget::font()
|
---|
1933 | */
|
---|
1934 | QFont QApplication::font()
|
---|
1935 | {
|
---|
1936 | QMutexLocker locker(applicationFontMutex());
|
---|
1937 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::app_font)
|
---|
1938 | QApplicationPrivate::app_font = new QFont(QLatin1String("Helvetica"));
|
---|
1939 | return *QApplicationPrivate::app_font;
|
---|
1940 | }
|
---|
1941 |
|
---|
1942 | /*!
|
---|
1943 | \overload
|
---|
1944 |
|
---|
1945 | Returns the default font for the \a widget.
|
---|
1946 |
|
---|
1947 | \sa fontMetrics(), QWidget::setFont()
|
---|
1948 | */
|
---|
1949 |
|
---|
1950 | QFont QApplication::font(const QWidget *widget)
|
---|
1951 | {
|
---|
1952 | FontHash *hash = app_fonts();
|
---|
1953 |
|
---|
1954 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
---|
1955 | // short circuit for small and mini controls
|
---|
1956 | if (widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_MacSmallSize)) {
|
---|
1957 | return hash->value("QSmallFont");
|
---|
1958 | } else if (widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_MacMiniSize)) {
|
---|
1959 | return hash->value("QMiniFont");
|
---|
1960 | }
|
---|
1961 | #endif
|
---|
1962 | if (widget && hash && hash->size()) {
|
---|
1963 | QHash<QByteArray, QFont>::ConstIterator it =
|
---|
1964 | hash->constFind(widget->metaObject()->className());
|
---|
1965 | if (it != hash->constEnd())
|
---|
1966 | return it.value();
|
---|
1967 | for (it = hash->constBegin(); it != hash->constEnd(); ++it) {
|
---|
1968 | if (widget->inherits(it.key()))
|
---|
1969 | return it.value();
|
---|
1970 | }
|
---|
1971 | }
|
---|
1972 | return font();
|
---|
1973 | }
|
---|
1974 |
|
---|
1975 | /*!
|
---|
1976 | \overload
|
---|
1977 |
|
---|
1978 | Returns the font for widgets of the given \a className.
|
---|
1979 |
|
---|
1980 | \sa setFont(), QWidget::font()
|
---|
1981 | */
|
---|
1982 | QFont QApplication::font(const char *className)
|
---|
1983 | {
|
---|
1984 | FontHash *hash = app_fonts();
|
---|
1985 | if (className && hash && hash->size()) {
|
---|
1986 | QHash<QByteArray, QFont>::ConstIterator it = hash->constFind(className);
|
---|
1987 | if (it != hash->constEnd())
|
---|
1988 | return *it;
|
---|
1989 | }
|
---|
1990 | return font();
|
---|
1991 | }
|
---|
1992 |
|
---|
1993 |
|
---|
1994 | /*!
|
---|
1995 | Changes the default application font to \a font. If \a className is passed,
|
---|
1996 | the change applies only to classes that inherit \a className (as reported
|
---|
1997 | by QObject::inherits()).
|
---|
1998 |
|
---|
1999 | On application start-up, the default font depends on the window system. It
|
---|
2000 | can vary depending on both the window system version and the locale. This
|
---|
2001 | function lets you override the default font; but overriding may be a bad
|
---|
2002 | idea because, for example, some locales need extra large fonts to support
|
---|
2003 | their special characters.
|
---|
2004 |
|
---|
2005 | \warning Do not use this function in conjunction with \l{Qt Style Sheets}.
|
---|
2006 | The font of an application can be customized using the "font" style sheet
|
---|
2007 | property. To set a bold font for all QPushButtons, set the application
|
---|
2008 | styleSheet() as "QPushButton { font: bold }"
|
---|
2009 |
|
---|
2010 | \sa font(), fontMetrics(), QWidget::setFont()
|
---|
2011 | */
|
---|
2012 |
|
---|
2013 | void QApplication::setFont(const QFont &font, const char *className)
|
---|
2014 | {
|
---|
2015 | bool all = false;
|
---|
2016 | FontHash *hash = app_fonts();
|
---|
2017 | if (!className) {
|
---|
2018 | QMutexLocker locker(applicationFontMutex());
|
---|
2019 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::app_font)
|
---|
2020 | QApplicationPrivate::app_font = new QFont(font);
|
---|
2021 | else
|
---|
2022 | *QApplicationPrivate::app_font = font;
|
---|
2023 | if (hash && hash->size()) {
|
---|
2024 | all = true;
|
---|
2025 | hash->clear();
|
---|
2026 | }
|
---|
2027 | } else if (hash) {
|
---|
2028 | hash->insert(className, font);
|
---|
2029 | }
|
---|
2030 | if (QApplicationPrivate::is_app_running && !QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing) {
|
---|
2031 | // Send ApplicationFontChange to qApp itself, and to the widgets.
|
---|
2032 | QEvent e(QEvent::ApplicationFontChange);
|
---|
2033 | QApplication::sendEvent(QApplication::instance(), &e);
|
---|
2034 |
|
---|
2035 | QWidgetList wids = QApplication::allWidgets();
|
---|
2036 | for (QWidgetList::ConstIterator it = wids.constBegin(); it != wids.constEnd(); ++it) {
|
---|
2037 | register QWidget *w = *it;
|
---|
2038 | if (all || (!className && w->isWindow()) || w->inherits(className)) // matching class
|
---|
2039 | sendEvent(w, &e);
|
---|
2040 | }
|
---|
2041 |
|
---|
2042 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
2043 | // Send to all scenes as well.
|
---|
2044 | QList<QGraphicsScene *> &scenes = qApp->d_func()->scene_list;
|
---|
2045 | for (QList<QGraphicsScene *>::ConstIterator it = scenes.constBegin();
|
---|
2046 | it != scenes.constEnd(); ++it) {
|
---|
2047 | QApplication::sendEvent(*it, &e);
|
---|
2048 | }
|
---|
2049 | #endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
2050 | }
|
---|
2051 | if (!className && (!QApplicationPrivate::sys_font || !font.isCopyOf(*QApplicationPrivate::sys_font))) {
|
---|
2052 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::set_font)
|
---|
2053 | QApplicationPrivate::set_font = new QFont(font);
|
---|
2054 | else
|
---|
2055 | *QApplicationPrivate::set_font = font;
|
---|
2056 | }
|
---|
2057 | }
|
---|
2058 |
|
---|
2059 | /*! \internal
|
---|
2060 | */
|
---|
2061 | void QApplicationPrivate::setSystemFont(const QFont &font)
|
---|
2062 | {
|
---|
2063 | if (!sys_font)
|
---|
2064 | sys_font = new QFont(font);
|
---|
2065 | else
|
---|
2066 | *sys_font = font;
|
---|
2067 |
|
---|
2068 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::set_font)
|
---|
2069 | QApplication::setFont(*sys_font);
|
---|
2070 | }
|
---|
2071 |
|
---|
2072 | /*! \internal
|
---|
2073 | */
|
---|
2074 | QString QApplicationPrivate::desktopStyleKey()
|
---|
2075 | {
|
---|
2076 | return qt_guiPlatformPlugin()->styleName();
|
---|
2077 | }
|
---|
2078 |
|
---|
2079 | /*!
|
---|
2080 | \property QApplication::windowIcon
|
---|
2081 | \brief the default window icon
|
---|
2082 |
|
---|
2083 | \sa QWidget::setWindowIcon(), {Setting the Application Icon}
|
---|
2084 | */
|
---|
2085 | QIcon QApplication::windowIcon()
|
---|
2086 | {
|
---|
2087 | return QApplicationPrivate::app_icon ? *QApplicationPrivate::app_icon : QIcon();
|
---|
2088 | }
|
---|
2089 |
|
---|
2090 | void QApplication::setWindowIcon(const QIcon &icon)
|
---|
2091 | {
|
---|
2092 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::app_icon)
|
---|
2093 | QApplicationPrivate::app_icon = new QIcon();
|
---|
2094 | *QApplicationPrivate::app_icon = icon;
|
---|
2095 | if (QApplicationPrivate::is_app_running && !QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing) {
|
---|
2096 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
---|
2097 | void qt_mac_set_app_icon(const QPixmap &); //qapplication_mac.cpp
|
---|
2098 | QSize size = QApplicationPrivate::app_icon->actualSize(QSize(128, 128));
|
---|
2099 | qt_mac_set_app_icon(QApplicationPrivate::app_icon->pixmap(size));
|
---|
2100 | #endif
|
---|
2101 | QEvent e(QEvent::ApplicationWindowIconChange);
|
---|
2102 | QWidgetList all = QApplication::allWidgets();
|
---|
2103 | for (QWidgetList::ConstIterator it = all.constBegin(); it != all.constEnd(); ++it) {
|
---|
2104 | register QWidget *w = *it;
|
---|
2105 | if (w->isWindow())
|
---|
2106 | sendEvent(w, &e);
|
---|
2107 | }
|
---|
2108 | }
|
---|
2109 | }
|
---|
2110 |
|
---|
2111 | /*!
|
---|
2112 | Returns a list of the top-level widgets (windows) in the application.
|
---|
2113 |
|
---|
2114 | \note Some of the top-level widgets may be hidden, for example a tooltip if
|
---|
2115 | no tooltip is currently shown.
|
---|
2116 |
|
---|
2117 | Example:
|
---|
2118 |
|
---|
2119 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 4
|
---|
2120 |
|
---|
2121 | \sa allWidgets(), QWidget::isWindow(), QWidget::isHidden()
|
---|
2122 | */
|
---|
2123 | QWidgetList QApplication::topLevelWidgets()
|
---|
2124 | {
|
---|
2125 | QWidgetList list;
|
---|
2126 | QWidgetList all = allWidgets();
|
---|
2127 |
|
---|
2128 | for (QWidgetList::ConstIterator it = all.constBegin(); it != all.constEnd(); ++it) {
|
---|
2129 | QWidget *w = *it;
|
---|
2130 | if (w->isWindow() && w->windowType() != Qt::Desktop)
|
---|
2131 | list.append(w);
|
---|
2132 | }
|
---|
2133 | return list;
|
---|
2134 | }
|
---|
2135 |
|
---|
2136 | /*!
|
---|
2137 | Returns a list of all the widgets in the application.
|
---|
2138 |
|
---|
2139 | The list is empty (QList::isEmpty()) if there are no widgets.
|
---|
2140 |
|
---|
2141 | \note Some of the widgets may be hidden.
|
---|
2142 |
|
---|
2143 | Example:
|
---|
2144 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 5
|
---|
2145 |
|
---|
2146 | \sa topLevelWidgets(), QWidget::isVisible()
|
---|
2147 | */
|
---|
2148 |
|
---|
2149 | QWidgetList QApplication::allWidgets()
|
---|
2150 | {
|
---|
2151 | if (QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets)
|
---|
2152 | return QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets->toList();
|
---|
2153 | return QWidgetList();
|
---|
2154 | }
|
---|
2155 |
|
---|
2156 | /*!
|
---|
2157 | Returns the application widget that has the keyboard input focus, or 0 if
|
---|
2158 | no widget in this application has the focus.
|
---|
2159 |
|
---|
2160 | \sa QWidget::setFocus(), QWidget::hasFocus(), activeWindow(), focusChanged()
|
---|
2161 | */
|
---|
2162 |
|
---|
2163 | QWidget *QApplication::focusWidget()
|
---|
2164 | {
|
---|
2165 | return QApplicationPrivate::focus_widget;
|
---|
2166 | }
|
---|
2167 |
|
---|
2168 | void QApplicationPrivate::setFocusWidget(QWidget *focus, Qt::FocusReason reason)
|
---|
2169 | {
|
---|
2170 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
2171 | if (focus && focus->window()->graphicsProxyWidget())
|
---|
2172 | return;
|
---|
2173 | #endif
|
---|
2174 |
|
---|
2175 | hidden_focus_widget = 0;
|
---|
2176 |
|
---|
2177 | if (focus != focus_widget) {
|
---|
2178 | if (focus && focus->isHidden()) {
|
---|
2179 | hidden_focus_widget = focus;
|
---|
2180 | return;
|
---|
2181 | }
|
---|
2182 |
|
---|
2183 | if (focus && (reason == Qt::BacktabFocusReason || reason == Qt::TabFocusReason)
|
---|
2184 | && qt_in_tab_key_event)
|
---|
2185 | focus->window()->setAttribute(Qt::WA_KeyboardFocusChange);
|
---|
2186 | else if (focus && reason == Qt::ShortcutFocusReason) {
|
---|
2187 | focus->window()->setAttribute(Qt::WA_KeyboardFocusChange);
|
---|
2188 | }
|
---|
2189 | QWidget *prev = focus_widget;
|
---|
2190 | focus_widget = focus;
|
---|
2191 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM
|
---|
2192 | if (prev && ((reason != Qt::PopupFocusReason && reason != Qt::MenuBarFocusReason
|
---|
2193 | && prev->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled))
|
---|
2194 | // Do reset the input context, in case the new focus widget won't accept keyboard input
|
---|
2195 | // or it is not created fully yet.
|
---|
2196 | || (focus_widget && (!focus_widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled)
|
---|
2197 | || !focus_widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))))) {
|
---|
2198 | QInputContext *qic = prev->inputContext();
|
---|
2199 | if(qic) {
|
---|
2200 | qic->reset();
|
---|
2201 | qic->setFocusWidget(0);
|
---|
2202 | }
|
---|
2203 | }
|
---|
2204 | #endif //QT_NO_IM
|
---|
2205 |
|
---|
2206 | if(focus_widget)
|
---|
2207 | focus_widget->d_func()->setFocus_sys();
|
---|
2208 |
|
---|
2209 | if (reason != Qt::NoFocusReason) {
|
---|
2210 |
|
---|
2211 | //send events
|
---|
2212 | if (prev) {
|
---|
2213 | #ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION
|
---|
2214 | if (QApplication::keypadNavigationEnabled()) {
|
---|
2215 | if (prev->hasEditFocus() && reason != Qt::PopupFocusReason
|
---|
2216 | #ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
|
---|
2217 | && reason != Qt::ActiveWindowFocusReason
|
---|
2218 | #endif
|
---|
2219 | )
|
---|
2220 | prev->setEditFocus(false);
|
---|
2221 | }
|
---|
2222 | #endif
|
---|
2223 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM
|
---|
2224 | if (focus) {
|
---|
2225 | QInputContext *prevIc;
|
---|
2226 | prevIc = prev->inputContext();
|
---|
2227 | if (prevIc && prevIc != focus->inputContext()) {
|
---|
2228 | QEvent closeSIPEvent(QEvent::CloseSoftwareInputPanel);
|
---|
2229 | QApplication::sendEvent(prev, &closeSIPEvent);
|
---|
2230 | }
|
---|
2231 | }
|
---|
2232 | #endif
|
---|
2233 | QFocusEvent out(QEvent::FocusOut, reason);
|
---|
2234 | QPointer<QWidget> that = prev;
|
---|
2235 | QApplication::sendEvent(prev, &out);
|
---|
2236 | if (that)
|
---|
2237 | QApplication::sendEvent(that->style(), &out);
|
---|
2238 | }
|
---|
2239 | if(focus && QApplicationPrivate::focus_widget == focus) {
|
---|
2240 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM
|
---|
2241 | if (focus->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled)) {
|
---|
2242 | QInputContext *qic = focus->inputContext();
|
---|
2243 | if (qic && focus->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)
|
---|
2244 | && focus->isEnabled())
|
---|
2245 | qic->setFocusWidget(focus);
|
---|
2246 | }
|
---|
2247 | #endif //QT_NO_IM
|
---|
2248 | QFocusEvent in(QEvent::FocusIn, reason);
|
---|
2249 | QPointer<QWidget> that = focus;
|
---|
2250 | QApplication::sendEvent(focus, &in);
|
---|
2251 | if (that)
|
---|
2252 | QApplication::sendEvent(that->style(), &in);
|
---|
2253 | }
|
---|
2254 | emit qApp->focusChanged(prev, focus_widget);
|
---|
2255 | }
|
---|
2256 | }
|
---|
2257 | }
|
---|
2258 |
|
---|
2259 |
|
---|
2260 | /*!
|
---|
2261 | Returns the application top-level window that has the keyboard input focus,
|
---|
2262 | or 0 if no application window has the focus. There might be an
|
---|
2263 | activeWindow() even if there is no focusWidget(), for example if no widget
|
---|
2264 | in that window accepts key events.
|
---|
2265 |
|
---|
2266 | \sa QWidget::setFocus(), QWidget::hasFocus(), focusWidget()
|
---|
2267 | */
|
---|
2268 |
|
---|
2269 | QWidget *QApplication::activeWindow()
|
---|
2270 | {
|
---|
2271 | return QApplicationPrivate::active_window;
|
---|
2272 | }
|
---|
2273 |
|
---|
2274 | /*!
|
---|
2275 | Returns display (screen) font metrics for the application font.
|
---|
2276 |
|
---|
2277 | \sa font(), setFont(), QWidget::fontMetrics(), QPainter::fontMetrics()
|
---|
2278 | */
|
---|
2279 |
|
---|
2280 | QFontMetrics QApplication::fontMetrics()
|
---|
2281 | {
|
---|
2282 | return desktop()->fontMetrics();
|
---|
2283 | }
|
---|
2284 |
|
---|
2285 |
|
---|
2286 | /*!
|
---|
2287 | Closes all top-level windows.
|
---|
2288 |
|
---|
2289 | This function is particularly useful for applications with many top-level
|
---|
2290 | windows. It could, for example, be connected to a \gui{Exit} entry in the
|
---|
2291 | \gui{File} menu:
|
---|
2292 |
|
---|
2293 | \snippet examples/mainwindows/mdi/mainwindow.cpp 0
|
---|
2294 |
|
---|
2295 | The windows are closed in random order, until one window does not accept
|
---|
2296 | the close event. The application quits when the last window was
|
---|
2297 | successfully closed; this can be turned off by setting
|
---|
2298 | \l quitOnLastWindowClosed to false.
|
---|
2299 |
|
---|
2300 | \sa quitOnLastWindowClosed, lastWindowClosed(), QWidget::close(),
|
---|
2301 | QWidget::closeEvent(), lastWindowClosed(), quit(), topLevelWidgets(),
|
---|
2302 | QWidget::isWindow()
|
---|
2303 | */
|
---|
2304 | void QApplication::closeAllWindows()
|
---|
2305 | {
|
---|
2306 | bool did_close = true;
|
---|
2307 | QWidget *w;
|
---|
2308 | while ((w = activeModalWidget()) && did_close) {
|
---|
2309 | if (!w->isVisible() || w->data->is_closing)
|
---|
2310 | break;
|
---|
2311 | did_close = w->close();
|
---|
2312 | }
|
---|
2313 | QWidgetList list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
2314 | for (int i = 0; did_close && i < list.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
2315 | w = list.at(i);
|
---|
2316 | if (w->isVisible()
|
---|
2317 | && w->windowType() != Qt::Desktop
|
---|
2318 | && !w->data->is_closing) {
|
---|
2319 | did_close = w->close();
|
---|
2320 | list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
2321 | i = -1;
|
---|
2322 | }
|
---|
2323 | }
|
---|
2324 | }
|
---|
2325 |
|
---|
2326 | /*!
|
---|
2327 | Displays a simple message box about Qt. The message includes the version
|
---|
2328 | number of Qt being used by the application.
|
---|
2329 |
|
---|
2330 | This is useful for inclusion in the \gui Help menu of an application, as
|
---|
2331 | shown in the \l{mainwindows/menus}{Menus} example.
|
---|
2332 |
|
---|
2333 | This function is a convenience slot for QMessageBox::aboutQt().
|
---|
2334 | */
|
---|
2335 | void QApplication::aboutQt()
|
---|
2336 | {
|
---|
2337 | #ifndef QT_NO_MESSAGEBOX
|
---|
2338 | QMessageBox::aboutQt(
|
---|
2339 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
---|
2340 | 0
|
---|
2341 | #else
|
---|
2342 | activeWindow()
|
---|
2343 | #endif // Q_WS_MAC
|
---|
2344 | );
|
---|
2345 | #endif // QT_NO_MESSAGEBOX
|
---|
2346 | }
|
---|
2347 |
|
---|
2348 |
|
---|
2349 | /*!
|
---|
2350 | \fn void QApplication::lastWindowClosed()
|
---|
2351 |
|
---|
2352 | This signal is emitted from QApplication::exec() when the last visible
|
---|
2353 | primary window (i.e. window with no parent) with the Qt::WA_QuitOnClose
|
---|
2354 | attribute set is closed.
|
---|
2355 |
|
---|
2356 | By default,
|
---|
2357 |
|
---|
2358 | \list
|
---|
2359 | \o this attribute is set for all widgets except transient windows such
|
---|
2360 | as splash screens, tool windows, and popup menus
|
---|
2361 |
|
---|
2362 | \o QApplication implicitly quits when this signal is emitted.
|
---|
2363 | \endlist
|
---|
2364 |
|
---|
2365 | This feature can be turned off by setting \l quitOnLastWindowClosed to
|
---|
2366 | false.
|
---|
2367 |
|
---|
2368 | \sa QWidget::close()
|
---|
2369 | */
|
---|
2370 |
|
---|
2371 | /*!
|
---|
2372 | \since 4.1
|
---|
2373 | \fn void QApplication::focusChanged(QWidget *old, QWidget *now)
|
---|
2374 |
|
---|
2375 | This signal is emitted when the widget that has keyboard focus changed from
|
---|
2376 | \a old to \a now, i.e., because the user pressed the tab-key, clicked into
|
---|
2377 | a widget or changed the active window. Both \a old and \a now can be the
|
---|
2378 | null-pointer.
|
---|
2379 |
|
---|
2380 | The signal is emitted after both widget have been notified about the change
|
---|
2381 | through QFocusEvent.
|
---|
2382 |
|
---|
2383 | \sa QWidget::setFocus(), QWidget::clearFocus(), Qt::FocusReason
|
---|
2384 | */
|
---|
2385 |
|
---|
2386 | /*!
|
---|
2387 | \since 4.5
|
---|
2388 | \fn void QApplication::fontDatabaseChanged()
|
---|
2389 |
|
---|
2390 | This signal is emitted when application fonts are loaded or removed.
|
---|
2391 |
|
---|
2392 | \sa QFontDatabase::addApplicationFont(),
|
---|
2393 | QFontDatabase::addApplicationFontFromData(),
|
---|
2394 | QFontDatabase::removeAllApplicationFonts(),
|
---|
2395 | QFontDatabase::removeApplicationFont()
|
---|
2396 | */
|
---|
2397 |
|
---|
2398 | #ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
|
---|
2399 | static bool qt_detectRTLLanguage()
|
---|
2400 | {
|
---|
2401 | return force_reverse ^
|
---|
2402 | (QApplication::tr("QT_LAYOUT_DIRECTION",
|
---|
2403 | "Translate this string to the string 'LTR' in left-to-right"
|
---|
2404 | " languages or to 'RTL' in right-to-left languages (such as Hebrew"
|
---|
2405 | " and Arabic) to get proper widget layout.") == QLatin1String("RTL"));
|
---|
2406 | }
|
---|
2407 | #if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
|
---|
2408 | static const char *application_menu_strings[] = {
|
---|
2409 | QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("MAC_APPLICATION_MENU","Services"),
|
---|
2410 | QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("MAC_APPLICATION_MENU","Hide %1"),
|
---|
2411 | QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("MAC_APPLICATION_MENU","Hide Others"),
|
---|
2412 | QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("MAC_APPLICATION_MENU","Show All"),
|
---|
2413 | QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("MAC_APPLICATION_MENU","Preferences..."),
|
---|
2414 | QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("MAC_APPLICATION_MENU","Quit %1"),
|
---|
2415 | QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("MAC_APPLICATION_MENU","About %1")
|
---|
2416 | };
|
---|
2417 | QString qt_mac_applicationmenu_string(int type)
|
---|
2418 | {
|
---|
2419 | QString menuString = QString::fromLatin1(application_menu_strings[type]);
|
---|
2420 | QString translated = qApp->translate("QMenuBar", application_menu_strings[type]);
|
---|
2421 | if (translated != menuString)
|
---|
2422 | return translated;
|
---|
2423 | else
|
---|
2424 | return qApp->translate("MAC_APPLICATION_MENU",
|
---|
2425 | application_menu_strings[type]);
|
---|
2426 | }
|
---|
2427 | #endif
|
---|
2428 | #endif
|
---|
2429 |
|
---|
2430 | /*!\reimp
|
---|
2431 |
|
---|
2432 | */
|
---|
2433 | bool QApplication::event(QEvent *e)
|
---|
2434 | {
|
---|
2435 | Q_D(QApplication);
|
---|
2436 | if(e->type() == QEvent::Close) {
|
---|
2437 | QCloseEvent *ce = static_cast<QCloseEvent*>(e);
|
---|
2438 | ce->accept();
|
---|
2439 | closeAllWindows();
|
---|
2440 |
|
---|
2441 | QWidgetList list = topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
2442 | for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
2443 | QWidget *w = list.at(i);
|
---|
2444 | if (w->isVisible() && !(w->windowType() == Qt::Desktop) && !(w->windowType() == Qt::Popup) &&
|
---|
2445 | (!(w->windowType() == Qt::Dialog) || !w->parentWidget())) {
|
---|
2446 | ce->ignore();
|
---|
2447 | break;
|
---|
2448 | }
|
---|
2449 | }
|
---|
2450 | if(ce->isAccepted())
|
---|
2451 | return true;
|
---|
2452 | } else if(e->type() == QEvent::LanguageChange) {
|
---|
2453 | #ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
|
---|
2454 | setLayoutDirection(qt_detectRTLLanguage()?Qt::RightToLeft:Qt::LeftToRight);
|
---|
2455 | #endif
|
---|
2456 | #if defined(QT_MAC_USE_COCOA)
|
---|
2457 | qt_mac_post_retranslateAppMenu();
|
---|
2458 | #endif
|
---|
2459 | QWidgetList list = topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
2460 | for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
2461 | QWidget *w = list.at(i);
|
---|
2462 | if (!(w->windowType() == Qt::Desktop))
|
---|
2463 | postEvent(w, new QEvent(QEvent::LanguageChange));
|
---|
2464 | }
|
---|
2465 | #ifndef Q_OS_WIN
|
---|
2466 | } else if (e->type() == QEvent::LocaleChange) {
|
---|
2467 | // on Windows the event propagation is taken care by the
|
---|
2468 | // WM_SETTINGCHANGE event handler.
|
---|
2469 | QWidgetList list = topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
2470 | for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
2471 | QWidget *w = list.at(i);
|
---|
2472 | if (!(w->windowType() == Qt::Desktop)) {
|
---|
2473 | if (!w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLocale))
|
---|
2474 | w->d_func()->setLocale_helper(QLocale(), true);
|
---|
2475 | }
|
---|
2476 | }
|
---|
2477 | #endif
|
---|
2478 | } else if (e->type() == QEvent::Timer) {
|
---|
2479 | QTimerEvent *te = static_cast<QTimerEvent*>(e);
|
---|
2480 | Q_ASSERT(te != 0);
|
---|
2481 | if (te->timerId() == d->toolTipWakeUp.timerId()) {
|
---|
2482 | d->toolTipWakeUp.stop();
|
---|
2483 | if (d->toolTipWidget) {
|
---|
2484 | QWidget *w = d->toolTipWidget->window();
|
---|
2485 | // show tooltip if WA_AlwaysShowToolTips is set, or if
|
---|
2486 | // any ancestor of d->toolTipWidget is the active
|
---|
2487 | // window
|
---|
2488 | bool showToolTip = w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_AlwaysShowToolTips);
|
---|
2489 | while (w && !showToolTip) {
|
---|
2490 | showToolTip = w->isActiveWindow();
|
---|
2491 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
2492 | w = w ? w->window() : 0;
|
---|
2493 | }
|
---|
2494 | if (showToolTip) {
|
---|
2495 | QHelpEvent e(QEvent::ToolTip, d->toolTipPos, d->toolTipGlobalPos);
|
---|
2496 | QApplication::sendEvent(d->toolTipWidget, &e);
|
---|
2497 | if (e.isAccepted())
|
---|
2498 | d->toolTipFallAsleep.start(2000, this);
|
---|
2499 | }
|
---|
2500 | }
|
---|
2501 | } else if (te->timerId() == d->toolTipFallAsleep.timerId()) {
|
---|
2502 | d->toolTipFallAsleep.stop();
|
---|
2503 | }
|
---|
2504 | }
|
---|
2505 | return QCoreApplication::event(e);
|
---|
2506 | }
|
---|
2507 | #if !defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
---|
2508 |
|
---|
2509 | // The doc and X implementation of this function is in qapplication_x11.cpp
|
---|
2510 |
|
---|
2511 | void QApplication::syncX() {} // do nothing
|
---|
2512 |
|
---|
2513 | #endif
|
---|
2514 |
|
---|
2515 | /*!
|
---|
2516 | \fn Qt::WindowsVersion QApplication::winVersion()
|
---|
2517 |
|
---|
2518 | Use \l QSysInfo::WindowsVersion instead.
|
---|
2519 | */
|
---|
2520 |
|
---|
2521 | /*!
|
---|
2522 | \fn void QApplication::setActiveWindow(QWidget* active)
|
---|
2523 |
|
---|
2524 | Sets the active window to the \a active widget in response to a system
|
---|
2525 | event. The function is called from the platform specific event handlers.
|
---|
2526 |
|
---|
2527 | \warning This function does \e not set the keyboard focus to the active
|
---|
2528 | widget. Call QWidget::activateWindow() instead.
|
---|
2529 |
|
---|
2530 | It sets the activeWindow() and focusWidget() attributes and sends proper
|
---|
2531 | \l{QEvent::WindowActivate}{WindowActivate}/\l{QEvent::WindowDeactivate}
|
---|
2532 | {WindowDeactivate} and \l{QEvent::FocusIn}{FocusIn}/\l{QEvent::FocusOut}
|
---|
2533 | {FocusOut} events to all appropriate widgets. The window will then be
|
---|
2534 | painted in active state (e.g. cursors in line edits will blink), and it
|
---|
2535 | will have tool tips enabled.
|
---|
2536 |
|
---|
2537 | \sa activeWindow(), QWidget::activateWindow()
|
---|
2538 | */
|
---|
2539 | void QApplication::setActiveWindow(QWidget* act)
|
---|
2540 | {
|
---|
2541 | QWidget* window = act?act->window():0;
|
---|
2542 |
|
---|
2543 | if (QApplicationPrivate::active_window == window)
|
---|
2544 | return;
|
---|
2545 |
|
---|
2546 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
2547 | if (window && window->graphicsProxyWidget()) {
|
---|
2548 | // Activate the proxy's view->viewport() ?
|
---|
2549 | return;
|
---|
2550 | }
|
---|
2551 | #endif
|
---|
2552 |
|
---|
2553 | QWidgetList toBeActivated;
|
---|
2554 | QWidgetList toBeDeactivated;
|
---|
2555 |
|
---|
2556 | if (QApplicationPrivate::active_window) {
|
---|
2557 | if (style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_Widget_ShareActivation, 0, QApplicationPrivate::active_window)) {
|
---|
2558 | QWidgetList list = topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
2559 | for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
2560 | QWidget *w = list.at(i);
|
---|
2561 | if (w->isVisible() && w->isActiveWindow())
|
---|
2562 | toBeDeactivated.append(w);
|
---|
2563 | }
|
---|
2564 | } else {
|
---|
2565 | toBeDeactivated.append(QApplicationPrivate::active_window);
|
---|
2566 | }
|
---|
2567 | }
|
---|
2568 |
|
---|
2569 | #if !defined(Q_WS_MAC)
|
---|
2570 | QWidget *previousActiveWindow = QApplicationPrivate::active_window;
|
---|
2571 | #endif
|
---|
2572 | QApplicationPrivate::active_window = window;
|
---|
2573 |
|
---|
2574 | if (QApplicationPrivate::active_window) {
|
---|
2575 | if (style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_Widget_ShareActivation, 0, QApplicationPrivate::active_window)) {
|
---|
2576 | QWidgetList list = topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
2577 | for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
2578 | QWidget *w = list.at(i);
|
---|
2579 | if (w->isVisible() && w->isActiveWindow())
|
---|
2580 | toBeActivated.append(w);
|
---|
2581 | }
|
---|
2582 | } else {
|
---|
2583 | toBeActivated.append(QApplicationPrivate::active_window);
|
---|
2584 | }
|
---|
2585 |
|
---|
2586 | }
|
---|
2587 |
|
---|
2588 | // first the activation/deactivation events
|
---|
2589 | QEvent activationChange(QEvent::ActivationChange);
|
---|
2590 | QEvent windowActivate(QEvent::WindowActivate);
|
---|
2591 | QEvent windowDeactivate(QEvent::WindowDeactivate);
|
---|
2592 |
|
---|
2593 | #if !defined(Q_WS_MAC)
|
---|
2594 | if (!previousActiveWindow) {
|
---|
2595 | QEvent appActivate(QEvent::ApplicationActivate);
|
---|
2596 | sendSpontaneousEvent(qApp, &appActivate);
|
---|
2597 | }
|
---|
2598 | #endif
|
---|
2599 |
|
---|
2600 | for (int i = 0; i < toBeActivated.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
2601 | QWidget *w = toBeActivated.at(i);
|
---|
2602 | sendSpontaneousEvent(w, &windowActivate);
|
---|
2603 | sendSpontaneousEvent(w, &activationChange);
|
---|
2604 | }
|
---|
2605 |
|
---|
2606 | #ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
|
---|
2607 | // In case the user clicked on a child window, we need to
|
---|
2608 | // reestablish the stacking order of the window so
|
---|
2609 | // it pops in front of other child windows in cocoa:
|
---|
2610 | qt_cocoaStackChildWindowOnTopOfOtherChildren(window);
|
---|
2611 | #endif
|
---|
2612 |
|
---|
2613 | for(int i = 0; i < toBeDeactivated.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
2614 | QWidget *w = toBeDeactivated.at(i);
|
---|
2615 | sendSpontaneousEvent(w, &windowDeactivate);
|
---|
2616 | sendSpontaneousEvent(w, &activationChange);
|
---|
2617 | }
|
---|
2618 |
|
---|
2619 | #if !defined(Q_WS_MAC)
|
---|
2620 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::active_window) {
|
---|
2621 | QEvent appDeactivate(QEvent::ApplicationDeactivate);
|
---|
2622 | sendSpontaneousEvent(qApp, &appDeactivate);
|
---|
2623 | }
|
---|
2624 | #endif
|
---|
2625 |
|
---|
2626 | if (QApplicationPrivate::popupWidgets == 0) { // !inPopupMode()
|
---|
2627 | // then focus events
|
---|
2628 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::active_window && QApplicationPrivate::focus_widget) {
|
---|
2629 | QApplicationPrivate::setFocusWidget(0, Qt::ActiveWindowFocusReason);
|
---|
2630 | } else if (QApplicationPrivate::active_window) {
|
---|
2631 | QWidget *w = QApplicationPrivate::active_window->focusWidget();
|
---|
2632 | if (w && w->isVisible() /*&& w->focusPolicy() != QWidget::NoFocus*/)
|
---|
2633 | w->setFocus(Qt::ActiveWindowFocusReason);
|
---|
2634 | else {
|
---|
2635 | w = QApplicationPrivate::focusNextPrevChild_helper(QApplicationPrivate::active_window, true);
|
---|
2636 | if (w) {
|
---|
2637 | w->setFocus(Qt::ActiveWindowFocusReason);
|
---|
2638 | } else {
|
---|
2639 | // If the focus widget is not in the activate_window, clear the focus
|
---|
2640 | w = QApplicationPrivate::focus_widget;
|
---|
2641 | if (!w && QApplicationPrivate::active_window->focusPolicy() != Qt::NoFocus)
|
---|
2642 | QApplicationPrivate::setFocusWidget(QApplicationPrivate::active_window, Qt::ActiveWindowFocusReason);
|
---|
2643 | else if (!QApplicationPrivate::active_window->isAncestorOf(w))
|
---|
2644 | QApplicationPrivate::setFocusWidget(0, Qt::ActiveWindowFocusReason);
|
---|
2645 | }
|
---|
2646 | }
|
---|
2647 | }
|
---|
2648 | }
|
---|
2649 | }
|
---|
2650 |
|
---|
2651 | /*!internal
|
---|
2652 | * Helper function that returns the new focus widget, but does not set the focus reason.
|
---|
2653 | * Returns 0 if a new focus widget could not be found.
|
---|
2654 | * Shared with QGraphicsProxyWidgetPrivate::findFocusChild()
|
---|
2655 | */
|
---|
2656 | QWidget *QApplicationPrivate::focusNextPrevChild_helper(QWidget *toplevel, bool next)
|
---|
2657 | {
|
---|
2658 | uint focus_flag = qt_tab_all_widgets ? Qt::TabFocus : Qt::StrongFocus;
|
---|
2659 |
|
---|
2660 | QWidget *f = toplevel->focusWidget();
|
---|
2661 | if (!f)
|
---|
2662 | f = toplevel;
|
---|
2663 |
|
---|
2664 | QWidget *w = f;
|
---|
2665 | QWidget *test = f->d_func()->focus_next;
|
---|
2666 | while (test && test != f) {
|
---|
2667 | if ((test->focusPolicy() & focus_flag) == focus_flag
|
---|
2668 | && !(test->d_func()->extra && test->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy)
|
---|
2669 | && test->isVisibleTo(toplevel) && test->isEnabled()
|
---|
2670 | && !(w->windowType() == Qt::SubWindow && !w->isAncestorOf(test))
|
---|
2671 | && (toplevel->windowType() != Qt::SubWindow || toplevel->isAncestorOf(test))) {
|
---|
2672 | w = test;
|
---|
2673 | if (next)
|
---|
2674 | break;
|
---|
2675 | }
|
---|
2676 | test = test->d_func()->focus_next;
|
---|
2677 | }
|
---|
2678 | if (w == f) {
|
---|
2679 | if (qt_in_tab_key_event) {
|
---|
2680 | w->window()->setAttribute(Qt::WA_KeyboardFocusChange);
|
---|
2681 | w->update();
|
---|
2682 | }
|
---|
2683 | return 0;
|
---|
2684 | }
|
---|
2685 | return w;
|
---|
2686 | }
|
---|
2687 |
|
---|
2688 | /*!
|
---|
2689 | \fn void QApplicationPrivate::dispatchEnterLeave(QWidget* enter, QWidget* leave)
|
---|
2690 | \internal
|
---|
2691 |
|
---|
2692 | Creates the proper Enter/Leave event when widget \a enter is entered and
|
---|
2693 | widget \a leave is left.
|
---|
2694 | */
|
---|
2695 | void QApplicationPrivate::dispatchEnterLeave(QWidget* enter, QWidget* leave) {
|
---|
2696 | #if 0
|
---|
2697 | if (leave) {
|
---|
2698 | QEvent e(QEvent::Leave);
|
---|
2699 | QApplication::sendEvent(leave, & e);
|
---|
2700 | }
|
---|
2701 | if (enter) {
|
---|
2702 | QEvent e(QEvent::Enter);
|
---|
2703 | QApplication::sendEvent(enter, & e);
|
---|
2704 | }
|
---|
2705 | return;
|
---|
2706 | #endif
|
---|
2707 |
|
---|
2708 | QWidget* w ;
|
---|
2709 | if ((!enter && !leave) || (enter == leave))
|
---|
2710 | return;
|
---|
2711 | #ifdef ALIEN_DEBUG
|
---|
2712 | qDebug() << "QApplicationPrivate::dispatchEnterLeave, ENTER:" << enter << "LEAVE:" << leave;
|
---|
2713 | #endif
|
---|
2714 | QWidgetList leaveList;
|
---|
2715 | QWidgetList enterList;
|
---|
2716 |
|
---|
2717 | bool sameWindow = leave && enter && leave->window() == enter->window();
|
---|
2718 | if (leave && !sameWindow) {
|
---|
2719 | w = leave;
|
---|
2720 | do {
|
---|
2721 | leaveList.append(w);
|
---|
2722 | } while (!w->isWindow() && (w = w->parentWidget()));
|
---|
2723 | }
|
---|
2724 | if (enter && !sameWindow) {
|
---|
2725 | w = enter;
|
---|
2726 | do {
|
---|
2727 | enterList.prepend(w);
|
---|
2728 | } while (!w->isWindow() && (w = w->parentWidget()));
|
---|
2729 | }
|
---|
2730 | if (sameWindow) {
|
---|
2731 | int enterDepth = 0;
|
---|
2732 | int leaveDepth = 0;
|
---|
2733 | w = enter;
|
---|
2734 | while (!w->isWindow() && (w = w->parentWidget()))
|
---|
2735 | enterDepth++;
|
---|
2736 | w = leave;
|
---|
2737 | while (!w->isWindow() && (w = w->parentWidget()))
|
---|
2738 | leaveDepth++;
|
---|
2739 | QWidget* wenter = enter;
|
---|
2740 | QWidget* wleave = leave;
|
---|
2741 | while (enterDepth > leaveDepth) {
|
---|
2742 | wenter = wenter->parentWidget();
|
---|
2743 | enterDepth--;
|
---|
2744 | }
|
---|
2745 | while (leaveDepth > enterDepth) {
|
---|
2746 | wleave = wleave->parentWidget();
|
---|
2747 | leaveDepth--;
|
---|
2748 | }
|
---|
2749 | while (!wenter->isWindow() && wenter != wleave) {
|
---|
2750 | wenter = wenter->parentWidget();
|
---|
2751 | wleave = wleave->parentWidget();
|
---|
2752 | }
|
---|
2753 |
|
---|
2754 | w = leave;
|
---|
2755 | while (w != wleave) {
|
---|
2756 | leaveList.append(w);
|
---|
2757 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
2758 | }
|
---|
2759 | w = enter;
|
---|
2760 | while (w != wenter) {
|
---|
2761 | enterList.prepend(w);
|
---|
2762 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
2763 | }
|
---|
2764 | }
|
---|
2765 |
|
---|
2766 | QEvent leaveEvent(QEvent::Leave);
|
---|
2767 | for (int i = 0; i < leaveList.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
2768 | w = leaveList.at(i);
|
---|
2769 | if (!QApplication::activeModalWidget() || QApplicationPrivate::tryModalHelper(w, 0)) {
|
---|
2770 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_PM) || defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
---|
2771 | if (leaveAfterRelease == w)
|
---|
2772 | leaveAfterRelease = 0;
|
---|
2773 | #endif
|
---|
2774 | QApplication::sendEvent(w, &leaveEvent);
|
---|
2775 | if (w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_Hover) &&
|
---|
2776 | (!QApplication::activePopupWidget() || QApplication::activePopupWidget() == w->window())) {
|
---|
2777 | Q_ASSERT(instance());
|
---|
2778 | QHoverEvent he(QEvent::HoverLeave, QPoint(-1, -1), w->mapFromGlobal(QApplicationPrivate::instance()->hoverGlobalPos));
|
---|
2779 | qApp->d_func()->notify_helper(w, &he);
|
---|
2780 | }
|
---|
2781 | }
|
---|
2782 | }
|
---|
2783 | QPoint posEnter = QCursor::pos();
|
---|
2784 | QEvent enterEvent(QEvent::Enter);
|
---|
2785 | for (int i = 0; i < enterList.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
2786 | w = enterList.at(i);
|
---|
2787 | if (!QApplication::activeModalWidget() || QApplicationPrivate::tryModalHelper(w, 0)) {
|
---|
2788 | QApplication::sendEvent(w, &enterEvent);
|
---|
2789 | if (w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_Hover) &&
|
---|
2790 | (!QApplication::activePopupWidget() || QApplication::activePopupWidget() == w->window())) {
|
---|
2791 | QHoverEvent he(QEvent::HoverEnter, w->mapFromGlobal(posEnter), QPoint(-1, -1));
|
---|
2792 | qApp->d_func()->notify_helper(w, &he);
|
---|
2793 | }
|
---|
2794 | }
|
---|
2795 | }
|
---|
2796 |
|
---|
2797 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
2798 | // Update cursor for alien/graphics widgets.
|
---|
2799 |
|
---|
2800 | const bool enterOnAlien = (enter && (isAlien(enter) || enter->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DontShowOnScreen)));
|
---|
2801 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
---|
2802 | //Whenever we leave an alien widget on X11, we need to reset its nativeParentWidget()'s cursor.
|
---|
2803 | // This is not required on Windows as the cursor is reset on every single mouse move.
|
---|
2804 | QWidget *parentOfLeavingCursor = 0;
|
---|
2805 | for (int i = 0; i < leaveList.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
2806 | w = leaveList.at(i);
|
---|
2807 | if (!isAlien(w))
|
---|
2808 | break;
|
---|
2809 | if (w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetCursor)) {
|
---|
2810 | QWidget *parent = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
2811 | while (parent && parent->d_func()->data.in_destructor)
|
---|
2812 | parent = parent->parentWidget();
|
---|
2813 | parentOfLeavingCursor = parent;
|
---|
2814 | //continue looping, we need to find the downest alien widget with a cursor.
|
---|
2815 | // (downest on the screen)
|
---|
2816 | }
|
---|
2817 | }
|
---|
2818 | //check that we will not call qt_x11_enforce_cursor twice with the same native widget
|
---|
2819 | if (parentOfLeavingCursor && (!enterOnAlien
|
---|
2820 | || parentOfLeavingCursor->effectiveWinId() != enter->effectiveWinId())) {
|
---|
2821 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
2822 | if (!parentOfLeavingCursor->window()->graphicsProxyWidget())
|
---|
2823 | #endif
|
---|
2824 | {
|
---|
2825 | qt_x11_enforce_cursor(parentOfLeavingCursor,true);
|
---|
2826 | }
|
---|
2827 | }
|
---|
2828 | #endif
|
---|
2829 | if (enterOnAlien) {
|
---|
2830 | QWidget *cursorWidget = enter;
|
---|
2831 | while (!cursorWidget->isWindow() && !cursorWidget->isEnabled())
|
---|
2832 | cursorWidget = cursorWidget->parentWidget();
|
---|
2833 |
|
---|
2834 | if (!cursorWidget)
|
---|
2835 | return;
|
---|
2836 |
|
---|
2837 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
2838 | if (cursorWidget->window()->graphicsProxyWidget()) {
|
---|
2839 | QWidgetPrivate::nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(cursorWidget)->setCursor(cursorWidget->cursor());
|
---|
2840 | } else
|
---|
2841 | #endif
|
---|
2842 | {
|
---|
2843 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
2844 | qt_win_set_cursor(cursorWidget, true);
|
---|
2845 | #elif defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
---|
2846 | qt_x11_enforce_cursor(cursorWidget, true);
|
---|
2847 | #elif defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
|
---|
2848 | qt_symbian_set_cursor(cursorWidget, true);
|
---|
2849 | #elif defined(Q_WS_PM)
|
---|
2850 | qt_pm_set_cursor(cursorWidget, true);
|
---|
2851 | #endif
|
---|
2852 | }
|
---|
2853 | }
|
---|
2854 | #endif
|
---|
2855 | }
|
---|
2856 |
|
---|
2857 | /* exported for the benefit of testing tools */
|
---|
2858 | Q_GUI_EXPORT bool qt_tryModalHelper(QWidget *widget, QWidget **rettop)
|
---|
2859 | {
|
---|
2860 | return QApplicationPrivate::tryModalHelper(widget, rettop);
|
---|
2861 | }
|
---|
2862 |
|
---|
2863 | /*! \internal
|
---|
2864 | Returns true if \a widget is blocked by a modal window.
|
---|
2865 | */
|
---|
2866 | bool QApplicationPrivate::isBlockedByModal(QWidget *widget)
|
---|
2867 | {
|
---|
2868 | widget = widget->window();
|
---|
2869 | if (!modalState())
|
---|
2870 | return false;
|
---|
2871 | if (QApplication::activePopupWidget() == widget)
|
---|
2872 | return false;
|
---|
2873 |
|
---|
2874 | for (int i = 0; i < qt_modal_stack->size(); ++i) {
|
---|
2875 | QWidget *modalWidget = qt_modal_stack->at(i);
|
---|
2876 |
|
---|
2877 | {
|
---|
2878 | // check if the active modal widget is our widget or a parent of our widget
|
---|
2879 | QWidget *w = widget;
|
---|
2880 | while (w) {
|
---|
2881 | if (w == modalWidget)
|
---|
2882 | return false;
|
---|
2883 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
2884 | }
|
---|
2885 | #ifdef Q_WS_WIN
|
---|
2886 | if ((widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) || widget->data->winid)
|
---|
2887 | && (modalWidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) || modalWidget->data->winid)
|
---|
2888 | && IsChild(modalWidget->data->winid, widget->data->winid))
|
---|
2889 | return false;
|
---|
2890 | #endif
|
---|
2891 | }
|
---|
2892 |
|
---|
2893 | Qt::WindowModality windowModality = modalWidget->windowModality();
|
---|
2894 | if (windowModality == Qt::NonModal) {
|
---|
2895 | // determine the modality type if it hasn't been set on the
|
---|
2896 | // modalWidget, this normally happens when waiting for a
|
---|
2897 | // native dialog. use WindowModal if we are the child of a
|
---|
2898 | // group leader; otherwise use ApplicationModal.
|
---|
2899 | QWidget *m = modalWidget;
|
---|
2900 | while (m && !m->testAttribute(Qt::WA_GroupLeader)) {
|
---|
2901 | m = m->parentWidget();
|
---|
2902 | if (m)
|
---|
2903 | m = m->window();
|
---|
2904 | }
|
---|
2905 | windowModality = (m && m->testAttribute(Qt::WA_GroupLeader))
|
---|
2906 | ? Qt::WindowModal
|
---|
2907 | : Qt::ApplicationModal;
|
---|
2908 | }
|
---|
2909 |
|
---|
2910 | switch (windowModality) {
|
---|
2911 | case Qt::ApplicationModal:
|
---|
2912 | {
|
---|
2913 | QWidget *groupLeaderForWidget = widget;
|
---|
2914 | while (groupLeaderForWidget && !groupLeaderForWidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_GroupLeader))
|
---|
2915 | groupLeaderForWidget = groupLeaderForWidget->parentWidget();
|
---|
2916 |
|
---|
2917 | if (groupLeaderForWidget) {
|
---|
2918 | // if \a widget has WA_GroupLeader, it can only be blocked by ApplicationModal children
|
---|
2919 | QWidget *m = modalWidget;
|
---|
2920 | while (m && m != groupLeaderForWidget && !m->testAttribute(Qt::WA_GroupLeader))
|
---|
2921 | m = m->parentWidget();
|
---|
2922 | if (m == groupLeaderForWidget)
|
---|
2923 | return true;
|
---|
2924 | } else if (modalWidget != widget) {
|
---|
2925 | return true;
|
---|
2926 | }
|
---|
2927 | break;
|
---|
2928 | }
|
---|
2929 | case Qt::WindowModal:
|
---|
2930 | {
|
---|
2931 | QWidget *w = widget;
|
---|
2932 | do {
|
---|
2933 | QWidget *m = modalWidget;
|
---|
2934 | do {
|
---|
2935 | if (m == w)
|
---|
2936 | return true;
|
---|
2937 | m = m->parentWidget();
|
---|
2938 | if (m)
|
---|
2939 | m = m->window();
|
---|
2940 | } while (m);
|
---|
2941 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
2942 | if (w)
|
---|
2943 | w = w->window();
|
---|
2944 | } while (w);
|
---|
2945 | break;
|
---|
2946 | }
|
---|
2947 | default:
|
---|
2948 | Q_ASSERT_X(false, "QApplication", "internal error, a modal widget cannot be modeless");
|
---|
2949 | break;
|
---|
2950 | }
|
---|
2951 | }
|
---|
2952 | return false;
|
---|
2953 | }
|
---|
2954 |
|
---|
2955 | /*!\internal
|
---|
2956 | */
|
---|
2957 | void QApplicationPrivate::enterModal(QWidget *widget)
|
---|
2958 | {
|
---|
2959 | QSet<QWidget*> blocked;
|
---|
2960 | QList<QWidget*> windows = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
2961 | for (int i = 0; i < windows.count(); ++i) {
|
---|
2962 | QWidget *window = windows.at(i);
|
---|
2963 | if (window->windowType() != Qt::Tool && isBlockedByModal(window))
|
---|
2964 | blocked.insert(window);
|
---|
2965 | }
|
---|
2966 |
|
---|
2967 | enterModal_sys(widget);
|
---|
2968 |
|
---|
2969 | windows = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
2970 | QEvent e(QEvent::WindowBlocked);
|
---|
2971 | for (int i = 0; i < windows.count(); ++i) {
|
---|
2972 | QWidget *window = windows.at(i);
|
---|
2973 | if (!blocked.contains(window) && window->windowType() != Qt::Tool && isBlockedByModal(window))
|
---|
2974 | QApplication::sendEvent(window, &e);
|
---|
2975 | }
|
---|
2976 | }
|
---|
2977 |
|
---|
2978 | /*!\internal
|
---|
2979 | */
|
---|
2980 | void QApplicationPrivate::leaveModal(QWidget *widget)
|
---|
2981 | {
|
---|
2982 | QSet<QWidget*> blocked;
|
---|
2983 | QList<QWidget*> windows = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
2984 | for (int i = 0; i < windows.count(); ++i) {
|
---|
2985 | QWidget *window = windows.at(i);
|
---|
2986 | if (window->windowType() != Qt::Tool && isBlockedByModal(window))
|
---|
2987 | blocked.insert(window);
|
---|
2988 | }
|
---|
2989 |
|
---|
2990 | leaveModal_sys(widget);
|
---|
2991 |
|
---|
2992 | windows = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
2993 | QEvent e(QEvent::WindowUnblocked);
|
---|
2994 | for (int i = 0; i < windows.count(); ++i) {
|
---|
2995 | QWidget *window = windows.at(i);
|
---|
2996 | if(blocked.contains(window) && window->windowType() != Qt::Tool && !isBlockedByModal(window))
|
---|
2997 | QApplication::sendEvent(window, &e);
|
---|
2998 | }
|
---|
2999 | }
|
---|
3000 |
|
---|
3001 |
|
---|
3002 |
|
---|
3003 | /*!\internal
|
---|
3004 |
|
---|
3005 | Called from qapplication_\e{platform}.cpp, returns true
|
---|
3006 | if the widget should accept the event.
|
---|
3007 | */
|
---|
3008 | bool QApplicationPrivate::tryModalHelper(QWidget *widget, QWidget **rettop)
|
---|
3009 | {
|
---|
3010 | QWidget *top = QApplication::activeModalWidget();
|
---|
3011 | if (rettop)
|
---|
3012 | *rettop = top;
|
---|
3013 |
|
---|
3014 | // the active popup widget always gets the input event
|
---|
3015 | if (QApplication::activePopupWidget())
|
---|
3016 | return true;
|
---|
3017 |
|
---|
3018 | #if defined(Q_WS_MAC) && defined(QT_MAC_USE_COCOA)
|
---|
3019 | top = QApplicationPrivate::tryModalHelper_sys(top);
|
---|
3020 | if (rettop)
|
---|
3021 | *rettop = top;
|
---|
3022 | #endif
|
---|
3023 |
|
---|
3024 | return !isBlockedByModal(widget->window());
|
---|
3025 | }
|
---|
3026 |
|
---|
3027 | /*
|
---|
3028 | \internal
|
---|
3029 | */
|
---|
3030 | QWidget *QApplicationPrivate::pickMouseReceiver(QWidget *candidate, const QPoint &globalPos,
|
---|
3031 | QPoint &pos, QEvent::Type type,
|
---|
3032 | Qt::MouseButtons buttons, QWidget *buttonDown,
|
---|
3033 | QWidget *alienWidget)
|
---|
3034 | {
|
---|
3035 | Q_ASSERT(candidate);
|
---|
3036 |
|
---|
3037 | QWidget *mouseGrabber = QWidget::mouseGrabber();
|
---|
3038 | if (((type == QEvent::MouseMove && buttons) || (type == QEvent::MouseButtonRelease))
|
---|
3039 | && !buttonDown && !mouseGrabber) {
|
---|
3040 | return 0;
|
---|
3041 | }
|
---|
3042 |
|
---|
3043 | if (alienWidget && alienWidget->internalWinId())
|
---|
3044 | alienWidget = 0;
|
---|
3045 |
|
---|
3046 | QWidget *receiver = candidate;
|
---|
3047 |
|
---|
3048 | if (!mouseGrabber)
|
---|
3049 | mouseGrabber = (buttonDown && !isBlockedByModal(buttonDown)) ? buttonDown : alienWidget;
|
---|
3050 |
|
---|
3051 | if (mouseGrabber && mouseGrabber != candidate) {
|
---|
3052 | receiver = mouseGrabber;
|
---|
3053 | pos = receiver->mapFromGlobal(globalPos);
|
---|
3054 | #ifdef ALIEN_DEBUG
|
---|
3055 | qDebug() << " ** receiver adjusted to:" << receiver << "pos:" << pos;
|
---|
3056 | #endif
|
---|
3057 | }
|
---|
3058 |
|
---|
3059 | return receiver;
|
---|
3060 |
|
---|
3061 | }
|
---|
3062 |
|
---|
3063 | /*
|
---|
3064 | \internal
|
---|
3065 | */
|
---|
3066 | bool QApplicationPrivate::sendMouseEvent(QWidget *receiver, QMouseEvent *event,
|
---|
3067 | QWidget *alienWidget, QWidget *nativeWidget,
|
---|
3068 | QWidget **buttonDown, QPointer<QWidget> &lastMouseReceiver,
|
---|
3069 | bool spontaneous)
|
---|
3070 | {
|
---|
3071 | Q_ASSERT(receiver);
|
---|
3072 | Q_ASSERT(event);
|
---|
3073 | Q_ASSERT(nativeWidget);
|
---|
3074 | Q_ASSERT(buttonDown);
|
---|
3075 |
|
---|
3076 | if (alienWidget && !isAlien(alienWidget))
|
---|
3077 | alienWidget = 0;
|
---|
3078 |
|
---|
3079 | QPointer<QWidget> receiverGuard = receiver;
|
---|
3080 | QPointer<QWidget> nativeGuard = nativeWidget;
|
---|
3081 | QPointer<QWidget> alienGuard = alienWidget;
|
---|
3082 | QPointer<QWidget> activePopupWidget = QApplication::activePopupWidget();
|
---|
3083 |
|
---|
3084 | const bool graphicsWidget = nativeWidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DontShowOnScreen);
|
---|
3085 |
|
---|
3086 | if (*buttonDown) {
|
---|
3087 | if (!graphicsWidget) {
|
---|
3088 | // Register the widget that shall receive a leave event
|
---|
3089 | // after the last button is released.
|
---|
3090 | if ((alienWidget || !receiver->internalWinId()) && !leaveAfterRelease && !QWidget::mouseGrabber())
|
---|
3091 | leaveAfterRelease = *buttonDown;
|
---|
3092 | if (event->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonRelease && !event->buttons())
|
---|
3093 | *buttonDown = 0;
|
---|
3094 | }
|
---|
3095 | } else if (lastMouseReceiver) {
|
---|
3096 | // Dispatch enter/leave if we move:
|
---|
3097 | // 1) from an alien widget to another alien widget or
|
---|
3098 | // from a native widget to an alien widget (first OR case)
|
---|
3099 | // 2) from an alien widget to a native widget (second OR case)
|
---|
3100 | if ((alienWidget && alienWidget != lastMouseReceiver)
|
---|
3101 | || (isAlien(lastMouseReceiver) && !alienWidget)) {
|
---|
3102 | if (activePopupWidget) {
|
---|
3103 | if (!QWidget::mouseGrabber())
|
---|
3104 | dispatchEnterLeave(alienWidget ? alienWidget : nativeWidget, lastMouseReceiver);
|
---|
3105 | } else {
|
---|
3106 | dispatchEnterLeave(receiver, lastMouseReceiver);
|
---|
3107 | }
|
---|
3108 |
|
---|
3109 | }
|
---|
3110 | }
|
---|
3111 |
|
---|
3112 | #ifdef ALIEN_DEBUG
|
---|
3113 | qDebug() << "QApplicationPrivate::sendMouseEvent: receiver:" << receiver
|
---|
3114 | << "pos:" << event->pos() << "alien" << alienWidget << "button down"
|
---|
3115 | << *buttonDown << "last" << lastMouseReceiver << "leave after release"
|
---|
3116 | << leaveAfterRelease;
|
---|
3117 | #endif
|
---|
3118 |
|
---|
3119 | // We need this quard in case someone opens a modal dialog / popup. If that's the case
|
---|
3120 | // leaveAfterRelease is set to null, but we shall not update lastMouseReceiver.
|
---|
3121 | const bool wasLeaveAfterRelease = leaveAfterRelease != 0;
|
---|
3122 | bool result;
|
---|
3123 | if (spontaneous)
|
---|
3124 | result = QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(receiver, event);
|
---|
3125 | else
|
---|
3126 | result = QApplication::sendEvent(receiver, event);
|
---|
3127 |
|
---|
3128 | if (!graphicsWidget && leaveAfterRelease && event->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonRelease
|
---|
3129 | && !event->buttons() && QWidget::mouseGrabber() != leaveAfterRelease) {
|
---|
3130 | // Dispatch enter/leave if:
|
---|
3131 | // 1) the mouse grabber is an alien widget
|
---|
3132 | // 2) the button is released on an alien widget
|
---|
3133 |
|
---|
3134 | QWidget *enter = 0;
|
---|
3135 | if (nativeGuard)
|
---|
3136 | enter = alienGuard ? alienWidget : nativeWidget;
|
---|
3137 | else // The receiver is typically deleted on mouse release with drag'n'drop.
|
---|
3138 | enter = QApplication::widgetAt(event->globalPos());
|
---|
3139 |
|
---|
3140 | dispatchEnterLeave(enter, leaveAfterRelease);
|
---|
3141 | leaveAfterRelease = 0;
|
---|
3142 | lastMouseReceiver = enter;
|
---|
3143 | } else if (!wasLeaveAfterRelease) {
|
---|
3144 | if (activePopupWidget) {
|
---|
3145 | if (!QWidget::mouseGrabber())
|
---|
3146 | lastMouseReceiver = alienGuard ? alienWidget : (nativeGuard ? nativeWidget : 0);
|
---|
3147 | } else {
|
---|
3148 | lastMouseReceiver = receiverGuard ? receiver : QApplication::widgetAt(event->globalPos());
|
---|
3149 | }
|
---|
3150 | }
|
---|
3151 |
|
---|
3152 | return result;
|
---|
3153 | }
|
---|
3154 |
|
---|
3155 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_QWS) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_WS_PM)
|
---|
3156 | /*
|
---|
3157 | This function should only be called when the widget changes visibility, i.e.
|
---|
3158 | when the \a widget is shown, hidden or deleted. This function does nothing
|
---|
3159 | if the widget is a top-level or native, i.e. not an alien widget. In that
|
---|
3160 | case enter/leave events are genereated by the underlying windowing system.
|
---|
3161 | */
|
---|
3162 | extern QPointer<QWidget> qt_last_mouse_receiver;
|
---|
3163 | extern QWidget *qt_button_down;
|
---|
3164 | void QApplicationPrivate::sendSyntheticEnterLeave(QWidget *widget)
|
---|
3165 | {
|
---|
3166 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
3167 | #ifdef Q_WS_QWS
|
---|
3168 | if (!widget || widget->isWindow())
|
---|
3169 | return;
|
---|
3170 | #else
|
---|
3171 | if (!widget || widget->internalWinId() || widget->isWindow())
|
---|
3172 | return;
|
---|
3173 | #endif
|
---|
3174 | const bool widgetInShow = widget->isVisible() && !widget->data->in_destructor;
|
---|
3175 | if (!widgetInShow && widget != qt_last_mouse_receiver)
|
---|
3176 | return; // Widget was not under the cursor when it was hidden/deleted.
|
---|
3177 |
|
---|
3178 | if (widgetInShow && widget->parentWidget()->data->in_show)
|
---|
3179 | return; // Ingore recursive show.
|
---|
3180 |
|
---|
3181 | QWidget *mouseGrabber = QWidget::mouseGrabber();
|
---|
3182 | if (mouseGrabber && mouseGrabber != widget)
|
---|
3183 | return; // Someone else has the grab; enter/leave should not occur.
|
---|
3184 |
|
---|
3185 | QWidget *tlw = widget->window();
|
---|
3186 | if (tlw->data->in_destructor || tlw->data->is_closing)
|
---|
3187 | return; // Closing down the business.
|
---|
3188 |
|
---|
3189 | if (widgetInShow && (!qt_last_mouse_receiver || qt_last_mouse_receiver->window() != tlw))
|
---|
3190 | return; // Mouse cursor not inside the widget's top-level.
|
---|
3191 |
|
---|
3192 | const QPoint globalPos(QCursor::pos());
|
---|
3193 | QPoint pos = tlw->mapFromGlobal(globalPos);
|
---|
3194 |
|
---|
3195 | // Find the current widget under the mouse. If this function was called from
|
---|
3196 | // the widget's destructor, we have to make sure childAt() doesn't take into
|
---|
3197 | // account widgets that are about to be destructed.
|
---|
3198 | QWidget *widgetUnderCursor = tlw->d_func()->childAt_helper(pos, widget->data->in_destructor);
|
---|
3199 | if (!widgetUnderCursor)
|
---|
3200 | widgetUnderCursor = tlw;
|
---|
3201 | else
|
---|
3202 | pos = widgetUnderCursor->mapFrom(tlw, pos);
|
---|
3203 |
|
---|
3204 | if (widgetInShow && widgetUnderCursor != widget && !widget->isAncestorOf(widgetUnderCursor))
|
---|
3205 | return; // Mouse cursor not inside the widget or any of its children.
|
---|
3206 |
|
---|
3207 | if (widget->data->in_destructor && qt_button_down == widget)
|
---|
3208 | qt_button_down = 0;
|
---|
3209 |
|
---|
3210 | // Send enter/leave events followed by a mouse move on the entered widget.
|
---|
3211 | QMouseEvent e(QEvent::MouseMove, pos, globalPos, Qt::NoButton, Qt::NoButton, Qt::NoModifier);
|
---|
3212 | sendMouseEvent(widgetUnderCursor, &e, widgetUnderCursor, tlw, &qt_button_down, qt_last_mouse_receiver);
|
---|
3213 | #endif // QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
3214 | }
|
---|
3215 | #endif // Q_WS_WIN || Q_WS_X11 || Q_WS_MAC || Q_WS_PM
|
---|
3216 |
|
---|
3217 | /*!
|
---|
3218 | Returns the desktop widget (also called the root window).
|
---|
3219 |
|
---|
3220 | The desktop may be composed of multiple screens, so it would be incorrect,
|
---|
3221 | for example, to attempt to \e center some widget in the desktop's geometry.
|
---|
3222 | QDesktopWidget has various functions for obtaining useful geometries upon
|
---|
3223 | the desktop, such as QDesktopWidget::screenGeometry() and
|
---|
3224 | QDesktopWidget::availableGeometry().
|
---|
3225 |
|
---|
3226 | On X11, it is also possible to draw on the desktop.
|
---|
3227 | */
|
---|
3228 | QDesktopWidget *QApplication::desktop()
|
---|
3229 | {
|
---|
3230 | if (!qt_desktopWidget || // not created yet
|
---|
3231 | !(qt_desktopWidget->windowType() == Qt::Desktop)) { // reparented away
|
---|
3232 | qt_desktopWidget = new QDesktopWidget();
|
---|
3233 | }
|
---|
3234 | return qt_desktopWidget;
|
---|
3235 | }
|
---|
3236 |
|
---|
3237 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
3238 | /*!
|
---|
3239 | Returns a pointer to the application global clipboard.
|
---|
3240 |
|
---|
3241 | \note The QApplication object should already be constructed before
|
---|
3242 | accessing the clipboard.
|
---|
3243 | */
|
---|
3244 | QClipboard *QApplication::clipboard()
|
---|
3245 | {
|
---|
3246 | if (qt_clipboard == 0) {
|
---|
3247 | if (!qApp) {
|
---|
3248 | qWarning("QApplication: Must construct a QApplication before accessing a QClipboard");
|
---|
3249 | return 0;
|
---|
3250 | }
|
---|
3251 | qt_clipboard = new QClipboard(0);
|
---|
3252 | }
|
---|
3253 | return qt_clipboard;
|
---|
3254 | }
|
---|
3255 | #endif // QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
3256 |
|
---|
3257 | /*!
|
---|
3258 | Sets whether Qt should use the system's standard colors, fonts, etc., to
|
---|
3259 | \a on. By default, this is true.
|
---|
3260 |
|
---|
3261 | This function must be called before creating the QApplication object, like
|
---|
3262 | this:
|
---|
3263 |
|
---|
3264 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 6
|
---|
3265 |
|
---|
3266 | \sa desktopSettingsAware()
|
---|
3267 | */
|
---|
3268 | void QApplication::setDesktopSettingsAware(bool on)
|
---|
3269 | {
|
---|
3270 | QApplicationPrivate::obey_desktop_settings = on;
|
---|
3271 | }
|
---|
3272 |
|
---|
3273 | /*!
|
---|
3274 | Returns true if Qt is set to use the system's standard colors, fonts, etc.;
|
---|
3275 | otherwise returns false. The default is true.
|
---|
3276 |
|
---|
3277 | \sa setDesktopSettingsAware()
|
---|
3278 | */
|
---|
3279 | bool QApplication::desktopSettingsAware()
|
---|
3280 | {
|
---|
3281 | return QApplicationPrivate::obey_desktop_settings;
|
---|
3282 | }
|
---|
3283 |
|
---|
3284 | /*!
|
---|
3285 | Returns the current state of the modifier keys on the keyboard. The current
|
---|
3286 | state is updated sychronously as the event queue is emptied of events that
|
---|
3287 | will spontaneously change the keyboard state (QEvent::KeyPress and
|
---|
3288 | QEvent::KeyRelease events).
|
---|
3289 |
|
---|
3290 | It should be noted this may not reflect the actual keys held on the input
|
---|
3291 | device at the time of calling but rather the modifiers as last reported in
|
---|
3292 | one of the above events. If no keys are being held Qt::NoModifier is
|
---|
3293 | returned.
|
---|
3294 |
|
---|
3295 | \sa mouseButtons()
|
---|
3296 | */
|
---|
3297 |
|
---|
3298 | Qt::KeyboardModifiers QApplication::keyboardModifiers()
|
---|
3299 | {
|
---|
3300 | return QApplicationPrivate::modifier_buttons;
|
---|
3301 | }
|
---|
3302 |
|
---|
3303 | /*!
|
---|
3304 | Returns the current state of the buttons on the mouse. The current state is
|
---|
3305 | updated syncronously as the event queue is emptied of events that will
|
---|
3306 | spontaneously change the mouse state (QEvent::MouseButtonPress and
|
---|
3307 | QEvent::MouseButtonRelease events).
|
---|
3308 |
|
---|
3309 | It should be noted this may not reflect the actual buttons held on the
|
---|
3310 | input device at the time of calling but rather the mouse buttons as last
|
---|
3311 | reported in one of the above events. If no mouse buttons are being held
|
---|
3312 | Qt::NoButton is returned.
|
---|
3313 |
|
---|
3314 | \sa keyboardModifiers()
|
---|
3315 | */
|
---|
3316 |
|
---|
3317 | Qt::MouseButtons QApplication::mouseButtons()
|
---|
3318 | {
|
---|
3319 | return QApplicationPrivate::mouse_buttons;
|
---|
3320 | }
|
---|
3321 |
|
---|
3322 | /*!
|
---|
3323 | \fn bool QApplication::isSessionRestored() const
|
---|
3324 |
|
---|
3325 | Returns true if the application has been restored from an earlier
|
---|
3326 | \l{Session Management}{session}; otherwise returns false.
|
---|
3327 |
|
---|
3328 | \sa sessionId(), commitData(), saveState()
|
---|
3329 | */
|
---|
3330 |
|
---|
3331 |
|
---|
3332 | /*!
|
---|
3333 | \fn QString QApplication::sessionId() const
|
---|
3334 |
|
---|
3335 | Returns the current \l{Session Management}{session's} identifier.
|
---|
3336 |
|
---|
3337 | If the application has been restored from an earlier session, this
|
---|
3338 | identifier is the same as it was in that previous session. The session
|
---|
3339 | identifier is guaranteed to be unique both for different applications
|
---|
3340 | and for different instances of the same application.
|
---|
3341 |
|
---|
3342 | \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionKey(), commitData(), saveState()
|
---|
3343 | */
|
---|
3344 |
|
---|
3345 | /*!
|
---|
3346 | \fn QString QApplication::sessionKey() const
|
---|
3347 |
|
---|
3348 | Returns the session key in the current \l{Session Management}{session}.
|
---|
3349 |
|
---|
3350 | If the application has been restored from an earlier session, this key is
|
---|
3351 | the same as it was when the previous session ended.
|
---|
3352 |
|
---|
3353 | The session key changes with every call of commitData() or saveState().
|
---|
3354 |
|
---|
3355 | \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionId(), commitData(), saveState()
|
---|
3356 | */
|
---|
3357 | #ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
---|
3358 | bool QApplication::isSessionRestored() const
|
---|
3359 | {
|
---|
3360 | Q_D(const QApplication);
|
---|
3361 | return d->is_session_restored;
|
---|
3362 | }
|
---|
3363 |
|
---|
3364 | QString QApplication::sessionId() const
|
---|
3365 | {
|
---|
3366 | Q_D(const QApplication);
|
---|
3367 | return d->session_id;
|
---|
3368 | }
|
---|
3369 |
|
---|
3370 | QString QApplication::sessionKey() const
|
---|
3371 | {
|
---|
3372 | Q_D(const QApplication);
|
---|
3373 | return d->session_key;
|
---|
3374 | }
|
---|
3375 | #endif
|
---|
3376 |
|
---|
3377 |
|
---|
3378 |
|
---|
3379 | /*!
|
---|
3380 | \since 4.2
|
---|
3381 | \fn void QApplication::commitDataRequest(QSessionManager &manager)
|
---|
3382 |
|
---|
3383 | This signal deals with \l{Session Management}{session management}. It is
|
---|
3384 | emitted when the QSessionManager wants the application to commit all its
|
---|
3385 | data.
|
---|
3386 |
|
---|
3387 | Usually this means saving all open files, after getting permission from
|
---|
3388 | the user. Furthermore you may want to provide a means by which the user
|
---|
3389 | can cancel the shutdown.
|
---|
3390 |
|
---|
3391 | You should not exit the application within this signal. Instead,
|
---|
3392 | the session manager may or may not do this afterwards, depending on the
|
---|
3393 | context.
|
---|
3394 |
|
---|
3395 | \warning Within this signal, no user interaction is possible, \e
|
---|
3396 | unless you ask the \a manager for explicit permission. See
|
---|
3397 | QSessionManager::allowsInteraction() and
|
---|
3398 | QSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction() for details and example
|
---|
3399 | usage.
|
---|
3400 |
|
---|
3401 | \note You should use Qt::DirectConnection when connecting to this signal.
|
---|
3402 |
|
---|
3403 | \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionId(), saveState(), {Session Management}
|
---|
3404 | */
|
---|
3405 |
|
---|
3406 | /*!
|
---|
3407 | This function deals with \l{Session Management}{session management}. It is
|
---|
3408 | invoked when the QSessionManager wants the application to commit all its
|
---|
3409 | data.
|
---|
3410 |
|
---|
3411 | Usually this means saving all open files, after getting permission from the
|
---|
3412 | user. Furthermore you may want to provide a means by which the user can
|
---|
3413 | cancel the shutdown.
|
---|
3414 |
|
---|
3415 | You should not exit the application within this function. Instead, the
|
---|
3416 | session manager may or may not do this afterwards, depending on the
|
---|
3417 | context.
|
---|
3418 |
|
---|
3419 | \warning Within this function, no user interaction is possible, \e
|
---|
3420 | unless you ask the \a manager for explicit permission. See
|
---|
3421 | QSessionManager::allowsInteraction() and
|
---|
3422 | QSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction() for details and example
|
---|
3423 | usage.
|
---|
3424 |
|
---|
3425 | The default implementation requests interaction and sends a close event to
|
---|
3426 | all visible top-level widgets. If any event was rejected, the shutdown is
|
---|
3427 | canceled.
|
---|
3428 |
|
---|
3429 | \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionId(), saveState(), {Session Management}
|
---|
3430 | */
|
---|
3431 | #ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
---|
3432 | void QApplication::commitData(QSessionManager& manager )
|
---|
3433 | {
|
---|
3434 | emit commitDataRequest(manager);
|
---|
3435 | if (manager.allowsInteraction()) {
|
---|
3436 | QWidgetList done;
|
---|
3437 | QWidgetList list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
3438 | bool cancelled = false;
|
---|
3439 | for (int i = 0; !cancelled && i < list.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
3440 | QWidget* w = list.at(i);
|
---|
3441 | if (w->isVisible() && !done.contains(w)) {
|
---|
3442 | cancelled = !w->close();
|
---|
3443 | if (!cancelled)
|
---|
3444 | done.append(w);
|
---|
3445 | list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
3446 | i = -1;
|
---|
3447 | }
|
---|
3448 | }
|
---|
3449 | if (cancelled)
|
---|
3450 | manager.cancel();
|
---|
3451 | }
|
---|
3452 | }
|
---|
3453 |
|
---|
3454 | /*!
|
---|
3455 | \since 4.2
|
---|
3456 | \fn void QApplication::saveStateRequest(QSessionManager &manager)
|
---|
3457 |
|
---|
3458 | This signal deals with \l{Session Management}{session management}. It is
|
---|
3459 | invoked when the \l{QSessionManager}{session manager} wants the application
|
---|
3460 | to preserve its state for a future session.
|
---|
3461 |
|
---|
3462 | For example, a text editor would create a temporary file that includes the
|
---|
3463 | current contents of its edit buffers, the location of the cursor and other
|
---|
3464 | aspects of the current editing session.
|
---|
3465 |
|
---|
3466 | You should never exit the application within this signal. Instead, the
|
---|
3467 | session manager may or may not do this afterwards, depending on the
|
---|
3468 | context. Futhermore, most session managers will very likely request a saved
|
---|
3469 | state immediately after the application has been started. This permits the
|
---|
3470 | session manager to learn about the application's restart policy.
|
---|
3471 |
|
---|
3472 | \warning Within this function, no user interaction is possible, \e
|
---|
3473 | unless you ask the \a manager for explicit permission. See
|
---|
3474 | QSessionManager::allowsInteraction() and
|
---|
3475 | QSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction() for details.
|
---|
3476 |
|
---|
3477 | \note You should use Qt::DirectConnection when connecting to this signal.
|
---|
3478 |
|
---|
3479 | \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionId(), commitData(), {Session Management}
|
---|
3480 | */
|
---|
3481 |
|
---|
3482 | /*!
|
---|
3483 | This function deals with \l{Session Management}{session management}. It is
|
---|
3484 | invoked when the \l{QSessionManager}{session manager} wants the application
|
---|
3485 | to preserve its state for a future session.
|
---|
3486 |
|
---|
3487 | For example, a text editor would create a temporary file that includes the
|
---|
3488 | current contents of its edit buffers, the location of the cursor and other
|
---|
3489 | aspects of the current editing session.
|
---|
3490 |
|
---|
3491 | You should never exit the application within this function. Instead, the
|
---|
3492 | session manager may or may not do this afterwards, depending on the
|
---|
3493 | context. Futhermore, most session managers will very likely request a saved
|
---|
3494 | state immediately after the application has been started. This permits the
|
---|
3495 | session manager to learn about the application's restart policy.
|
---|
3496 |
|
---|
3497 | \warning Within this function, no user interaction is possible, \e
|
---|
3498 | unless you ask the \a manager for explicit permission. See
|
---|
3499 | QSessionManager::allowsInteraction() and
|
---|
3500 | QSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction() for details.
|
---|
3501 |
|
---|
3502 | \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionId(), commitData(), {Session Management}
|
---|
3503 | */
|
---|
3504 |
|
---|
3505 | void QApplication::saveState(QSessionManager &manager)
|
---|
3506 | {
|
---|
3507 | emit saveStateRequest(manager);
|
---|
3508 | }
|
---|
3509 | #endif //QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
---|
3510 | /*
|
---|
3511 | Sets the time after which a drag should start to \a ms ms.
|
---|
3512 |
|
---|
3513 | \sa startDragTime()
|
---|
3514 | */
|
---|
3515 |
|
---|
3516 | void QApplication::setStartDragTime(int ms)
|
---|
3517 | {
|
---|
3518 | drag_time = ms;
|
---|
3519 | }
|
---|
3520 |
|
---|
3521 | /*!
|
---|
3522 | \property QApplication::startDragTime
|
---|
3523 | \brief the time in milliseconds that a mouse button must be held down
|
---|
3524 | before a drag and drop operation will begin
|
---|
3525 |
|
---|
3526 | If you support drag and drop in your application, and want to start a drag
|
---|
3527 | and drop operation after the user has held down a mouse button for a
|
---|
3528 | certain amount of time, you should use this property's value as the delay.
|
---|
3529 |
|
---|
3530 | Qt also uses this delay internally, e.g. in QTextEdit and QLineEdit, for
|
---|
3531 | starting a drag.
|
---|
3532 |
|
---|
3533 | The default value is 500 ms.
|
---|
3534 |
|
---|
3535 | \sa startDragDistance(), {Drag and Drop}
|
---|
3536 | */
|
---|
3537 |
|
---|
3538 | int QApplication::startDragTime()
|
---|
3539 | {
|
---|
3540 | return drag_time;
|
---|
3541 | }
|
---|
3542 |
|
---|
3543 | /*
|
---|
3544 | Sets the distance after which a drag should start to \a l pixels.
|
---|
3545 |
|
---|
3546 | \sa startDragDistance()
|
---|
3547 | */
|
---|
3548 |
|
---|
3549 | void QApplication::setStartDragDistance(int l)
|
---|
3550 | {
|
---|
3551 | drag_distance = l;
|
---|
3552 | }
|
---|
3553 |
|
---|
3554 | /*!
|
---|
3555 | \property QApplication::startDragDistance
|
---|
3556 |
|
---|
3557 | If you support drag and drop in your application, and want to start a drag
|
---|
3558 | and drop operation after the user has moved the cursor a certain distance
|
---|
3559 | with a button held down, you should use this property's value as the
|
---|
3560 | minimum distance required.
|
---|
3561 |
|
---|
3562 | For example, if the mouse position of the click is stored in \c startPos
|
---|
3563 | and the current position (e.g. in the mouse move event) is \c currentPos,
|
---|
3564 | you can find out if a drag should be started with code like this:
|
---|
3565 |
|
---|
3566 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 7
|
---|
3567 |
|
---|
3568 | Qt uses this value internally, e.g. in QFileDialog.
|
---|
3569 |
|
---|
3570 | The default value is 4 pixels.
|
---|
3571 |
|
---|
3572 | \sa startDragTime() QPoint::manhattanLength() {Drag and Drop}
|
---|
3573 | */
|
---|
3574 |
|
---|
3575 | int QApplication::startDragDistance()
|
---|
3576 | {
|
---|
3577 | return drag_distance;
|
---|
3578 | }
|
---|
3579 |
|
---|
3580 | /*!
|
---|
3581 | \fn void QApplication::setReverseLayout(bool reverse)
|
---|
3582 |
|
---|
3583 | Use setLayoutDirection() instead.
|
---|
3584 | */
|
---|
3585 |
|
---|
3586 | /*!
|
---|
3587 | \fn void QApplication::reverseLayout()
|
---|
3588 |
|
---|
3589 | Use layoutDirection() instead.
|
---|
3590 | */
|
---|
3591 |
|
---|
3592 | /*!
|
---|
3593 | \fn bool QApplication::isRightToLeft()
|
---|
3594 |
|
---|
3595 | Returns true if the application's layout direction is
|
---|
3596 | Qt::RightToLeft; otherwise returns false.
|
---|
3597 |
|
---|
3598 | \sa layoutDirection(), isLeftToRight()
|
---|
3599 | */
|
---|
3600 |
|
---|
3601 | /*!
|
---|
3602 | \fn bool QApplication::isLeftToRight()
|
---|
3603 |
|
---|
3604 | Returns true if the application's layout direction is
|
---|
3605 | Qt::LeftToRight; otherwise returns false.
|
---|
3606 |
|
---|
3607 | \sa layoutDirection(), isRightToLeft()
|
---|
3608 | */
|
---|
3609 |
|
---|
3610 | /*!
|
---|
3611 | \property QApplication::layoutDirection
|
---|
3612 | \brief the default layout direction for this application
|
---|
3613 |
|
---|
3614 | On system start-up, the default layout direction depends on the
|
---|
3615 | application's language.
|
---|
3616 |
|
---|
3617 | \sa QWidget::layoutDirection, isLeftToRight(), isRightToLeft()
|
---|
3618 | */
|
---|
3619 |
|
---|
3620 | void QApplication::setLayoutDirection(Qt::LayoutDirection direction)
|
---|
3621 | {
|
---|
3622 | if (layout_direction == direction || direction == Qt::LayoutDirectionAuto)
|
---|
3623 | return;
|
---|
3624 |
|
---|
3625 | layout_direction = direction;
|
---|
3626 |
|
---|
3627 | QWidgetList list = topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
3628 | for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
3629 | QWidget *w = list.at(i);
|
---|
3630 | QEvent ev(QEvent::ApplicationLayoutDirectionChange);
|
---|
3631 | sendEvent(w, &ev);
|
---|
3632 | }
|
---|
3633 | }
|
---|
3634 |
|
---|
3635 | Qt::LayoutDirection QApplication::layoutDirection()
|
---|
3636 | {
|
---|
3637 | return layout_direction;
|
---|
3638 | }
|
---|
3639 |
|
---|
3640 |
|
---|
3641 | /*!
|
---|
3642 | \obsolete
|
---|
3643 |
|
---|
3644 | Strips out vertical alignment flags and transforms an alignment \a align
|
---|
3645 | of Qt::AlignLeft into Qt::AlignLeft or Qt::AlignRight according to the
|
---|
3646 | language used.
|
---|
3647 | */
|
---|
3648 |
|
---|
3649 | #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
|
---|
3650 | Qt::Alignment QApplication::horizontalAlignment(Qt::Alignment align)
|
---|
3651 | {
|
---|
3652 | return QStyle::visualAlignment(layoutDirection(), align);
|
---|
3653 | }
|
---|
3654 | #endif
|
---|
3655 |
|
---|
3656 |
|
---|
3657 | /*!
|
---|
3658 | \fn QCursor *QApplication::overrideCursor()
|
---|
3659 |
|
---|
3660 | Returns the active application override cursor.
|
---|
3661 |
|
---|
3662 | This function returns 0 if no application cursor has been defined (i.e. the
|
---|
3663 | internal cursor stack is empty).
|
---|
3664 |
|
---|
3665 | \sa setOverrideCursor(), restoreOverrideCursor()
|
---|
3666 | */
|
---|
3667 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
3668 | QCursor *QApplication::overrideCursor()
|
---|
3669 | {
|
---|
3670 | return qApp->d_func()->cursor_list.isEmpty() ? 0 : &qApp->d_func()->cursor_list.first();
|
---|
3671 | }
|
---|
3672 |
|
---|
3673 | /*!
|
---|
3674 | Changes the currently active application override cursor to \a cursor.
|
---|
3675 |
|
---|
3676 | This function has no effect if setOverrideCursor() was not called.
|
---|
3677 |
|
---|
3678 | \sa setOverrideCursor(), overrideCursor(), restoreOverrideCursor(),
|
---|
3679 | QWidget::setCursor()
|
---|
3680 | */
|
---|
3681 | void QApplication::changeOverrideCursor(const QCursor &cursor)
|
---|
3682 | {
|
---|
3683 | if (qApp->d_func()->cursor_list.isEmpty())
|
---|
3684 | return;
|
---|
3685 | qApp->d_func()->cursor_list.removeFirst();
|
---|
3686 | #ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
|
---|
3687 | // We use native NSCursor stacks in Cocoa. The currentCursor is the
|
---|
3688 | // top of this stack. So to avoid flickering of cursor, we have to
|
---|
3689 | // change the cusor instead of pop-ing the existing OverrideCursor
|
---|
3690 | // and pushing the new one.
|
---|
3691 | qApp->d_func()->cursor_list.prepend(cursor);
|
---|
3692 | qt_cocoaChangeOverrideCursor(cursor);
|
---|
3693 | return;
|
---|
3694 | #endif
|
---|
3695 | setOverrideCursor(cursor);
|
---|
3696 | }
|
---|
3697 | #endif
|
---|
3698 |
|
---|
3699 | /*!
|
---|
3700 | \fn void QApplication::setOverrideCursor(const QCursor &cursor, bool replace)
|
---|
3701 |
|
---|
3702 | Use changeOverrideCursor(\a cursor) (if \a replace is true) or
|
---|
3703 | setOverrideCursor(\a cursor) (if \a replace is false).
|
---|
3704 | */
|
---|
3705 |
|
---|
3706 | /*!
|
---|
3707 | Enters the main event loop and waits until exit() is called, then returns
|
---|
3708 | the value that was set to exit() (which is 0 if exit() is called via
|
---|
3709 | quit()).
|
---|
3710 |
|
---|
3711 | It is necessary to call this function to start event handling. The main
|
---|
3712 | event loop receives events from the window system and dispatches these to
|
---|
3713 | the application widgets.
|
---|
3714 |
|
---|
3715 | Generally, no user interaction can take place before calling exec(). As a
|
---|
3716 | special case, modal widgets like QMessageBox can be used before calling
|
---|
3717 | exec(), because modal widgets call exec() to start a local event loop.
|
---|
3718 |
|
---|
3719 | To make your application perform idle processing, i.e., executing a special
|
---|
3720 | function whenever there are no pending events, use a QTimer with 0 timeout.
|
---|
3721 | More advanced idle processing schemes can be achieved using processEvents().
|
---|
3722 |
|
---|
3723 | We recommend that you connect clean-up code to the
|
---|
3724 | \l{QCoreApplication::}{aboutToQuit()} signal, instead of putting it in your
|
---|
3725 | application's \c{main()} function. This is because, on some platforms the
|
---|
3726 | QApplication::exec() call may not return. For example, on the Windows
|
---|
3727 | platform, when the user logs off, the system terminates the process after Qt
|
---|
3728 | closes all top-level windows. Hence, there is \e{no guarantee} that the
|
---|
3729 | application will have time to exit its event loop and execute code at the
|
---|
3730 | end of the \c{main()} function, after the QApplication::exec() call.
|
---|
3731 |
|
---|
3732 | \sa quitOnLastWindowClosed, quit(), exit(), processEvents(),
|
---|
3733 | QCoreApplication::exec()
|
---|
3734 | */
|
---|
3735 | int QApplication::exec()
|
---|
3736 | {
|
---|
3737 | #ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY
|
---|
3738 | QAccessible::setRootObject(qApp);
|
---|
3739 | #endif
|
---|
3740 | return QCoreApplication::exec();
|
---|
3741 | }
|
---|
3742 |
|
---|
3743 | /*! \reimp
|
---|
3744 | */
|
---|
3745 | bool QApplication::notify(QObject *receiver, QEvent *e)
|
---|
3746 | {
|
---|
3747 | Q_D(QApplication);
|
---|
3748 | // no events are delivered after ~QCoreApplication() has started
|
---|
3749 | if (QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing)
|
---|
3750 | return true;
|
---|
3751 |
|
---|
3752 | if (receiver == 0) { // serious error
|
---|
3753 | qWarning("QApplication::notify: Unexpected null receiver");
|
---|
3754 | return true;
|
---|
3755 | }
|
---|
3756 |
|
---|
3757 | #ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
|
---|
3758 | d->checkReceiverThread(receiver);
|
---|
3759 | #endif
|
---|
3760 |
|
---|
3761 | #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
|
---|
3762 | if (e->type() == QEvent::ChildRemoved && !receiver->d_func()->pendingChildInsertedEvents.isEmpty())
|
---|
3763 | receiver->d_func()->removePendingChildInsertedEvents(static_cast<QChildEvent *>(e)->child());
|
---|
3764 | #endif // QT3_SUPPORT
|
---|
3765 |
|
---|
3766 | // capture the current mouse/keyboard state
|
---|
3767 | if(e->spontaneous()) {
|
---|
3768 | if (e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress
|
---|
3769 | || e->type() == QEvent::KeyRelease) {
|
---|
3770 | QKeyEvent *ke = static_cast<QKeyEvent*>(e);
|
---|
3771 | QApplicationPrivate::modifier_buttons = ke->modifiers();
|
---|
3772 | } else if(e->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonPress
|
---|
3773 | || e->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonRelease) {
|
---|
3774 | QMouseEvent *me = static_cast<QMouseEvent*>(e);
|
---|
3775 | QApplicationPrivate::modifier_buttons = me->modifiers();
|
---|
3776 | if(me->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonPress)
|
---|
3777 | QApplicationPrivate::mouse_buttons |= me->button();
|
---|
3778 | else
|
---|
3779 | QApplicationPrivate::mouse_buttons &= ~me->button();
|
---|
3780 | }
|
---|
3781 | #if !defined(QT_NO_WHEELEVENT) || !defined(QT_NO_TABLETEVENT)
|
---|
3782 | else if (false
|
---|
3783 | # ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
|
---|
3784 | || e->type() == QEvent::Wheel
|
---|
3785 | # endif
|
---|
3786 | # ifndef QT_NO_TABLETEVENT
|
---|
3787 | || e->type() == QEvent::TabletMove
|
---|
3788 | || e->type() == QEvent::TabletPress
|
---|
3789 | || e->type() == QEvent::TabletRelease
|
---|
3790 | # endif
|
---|
3791 | ) {
|
---|
3792 | QInputEvent *ie = static_cast<QInputEvent*>(e);
|
---|
3793 | QApplicationPrivate::modifier_buttons = ie->modifiers();
|
---|
3794 | }
|
---|
3795 | #endif // !QT_NO_WHEELEVENT || !QT_NO_TABLETEVENT
|
---|
3796 | }
|
---|
3797 |
|
---|
3798 | #ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES
|
---|
3799 | // walk through parents and check for gestures
|
---|
3800 | if (d->gestureManager) {
|
---|
3801 | switch (e->type()) {
|
---|
3802 | case QEvent::Paint:
|
---|
3803 | case QEvent::MetaCall:
|
---|
3804 | case QEvent::DeferredDelete:
|
---|
3805 | case QEvent::DragEnter: case QEvent::DragMove: case QEvent::DragLeave:
|
---|
3806 | case QEvent::Drop: case QEvent::DragResponse:
|
---|
3807 | case QEvent::ChildAdded: case QEvent::ChildPolished:
|
---|
3808 | #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
|
---|
3809 | case QEvent::ChildInsertedRequest:
|
---|
3810 | case QEvent::ChildInserted:
|
---|
3811 | case QEvent::LayoutHint:
|
---|
3812 | #endif
|
---|
3813 | case QEvent::ChildRemoved:
|
---|
3814 | case QEvent::UpdateRequest:
|
---|
3815 | case QEvent::UpdateLater:
|
---|
3816 | case QEvent::AccessibilityPrepare:
|
---|
3817 | case QEvent::LocaleChange:
|
---|
3818 | case QEvent::Style:
|
---|
3819 | case QEvent::IconDrag:
|
---|
3820 | case QEvent::StyleChange:
|
---|
3821 | case QEvent::AccessibilityHelp:
|
---|
3822 | case QEvent::AccessibilityDescription:
|
---|
3823 | case QEvent::GraphicsSceneDragEnter:
|
---|
3824 | case QEvent::GraphicsSceneDragMove:
|
---|
3825 | case QEvent::GraphicsSceneDragLeave:
|
---|
3826 | case QEvent::GraphicsSceneDrop:
|
---|
3827 | case QEvent::DynamicPropertyChange:
|
---|
3828 | case QEvent::NetworkReplyUpdated:
|
---|
3829 | break;
|
---|
3830 | default:
|
---|
3831 | if (receiver->isWidgetType()) {
|
---|
3832 | if (d->gestureManager->filterEvent(static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver), e))
|
---|
3833 | return true;
|
---|
3834 | } else {
|
---|
3835 | // a special case for events that go to QGesture objects.
|
---|
3836 | // We pass the object to the gesture manager and it'll figure
|
---|
3837 | // out if it's QGesture or not.
|
---|
3838 | if (d->gestureManager->filterEvent(receiver, e))
|
---|
3839 | return true;
|
---|
3840 | }
|
---|
3841 | }
|
---|
3842 | }
|
---|
3843 | #endif // QT_NO_GESTURES
|
---|
3844 |
|
---|
3845 | // User input and window activation makes tooltips sleep
|
---|
3846 | switch (e->type()) {
|
---|
3847 | case QEvent::Wheel:
|
---|
3848 | case QEvent::ActivationChange:
|
---|
3849 | case QEvent::KeyPress:
|
---|
3850 | case QEvent::KeyRelease:
|
---|
3851 | case QEvent::FocusOut:
|
---|
3852 | case QEvent::FocusIn:
|
---|
3853 | case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
|
---|
3854 | case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
|
---|
3855 | case QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick:
|
---|
3856 | d->toolTipFallAsleep.stop();
|
---|
3857 | // fall-through
|
---|
3858 | case QEvent::Leave:
|
---|
3859 | d->toolTipWakeUp.stop();
|
---|
3860 | default:
|
---|
3861 | break;
|
---|
3862 | }
|
---|
3863 |
|
---|
3864 | bool res = false;
|
---|
3865 | if (!receiver->isWidgetType()) {
|
---|
3866 | res = d->notify_helper(receiver, e);
|
---|
3867 | } else switch (e->type()) {
|
---|
3868 | #if defined QT3_SUPPORT && !defined(QT_NO_SHORTCUT)
|
---|
3869 | case QEvent::Accel:
|
---|
3870 | {
|
---|
3871 | if (d->use_compat()) {
|
---|
3872 | QKeyEvent* key = static_cast<QKeyEvent*>(e);
|
---|
3873 | res = d->notify_helper(receiver, e);
|
---|
3874 |
|
---|
3875 | if (!res && !key->isAccepted())
|
---|
3876 | res = d->qt_dispatchAccelEvent(static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver), key);
|
---|
3877 |
|
---|
3878 | // next lines are for compatibility with Qt <= 3.0.x: old
|
---|
3879 | // QAccel was listening on toplevel widgets
|
---|
3880 | if (!res && !key->isAccepted() && !static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver)->isWindow())
|
---|
3881 | res = d->notify_helper(static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver)->window(), e);
|
---|
3882 | }
|
---|
3883 | break;
|
---|
3884 | }
|
---|
3885 | #endif //QT3_SUPPORT && !QT_NO_SHORTCUT
|
---|
3886 | case QEvent::ShortcutOverride:
|
---|
3887 | case QEvent::KeyPress:
|
---|
3888 | case QEvent::KeyRelease:
|
---|
3889 | {
|
---|
3890 | bool isWidget = receiver->isWidgetType();
|
---|
3891 | bool isGraphicsWidget = false;
|
---|
3892 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
3893 | isGraphicsWidget = !isWidget && qobject_cast<QGraphicsWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
3894 | #endif
|
---|
3895 | if (!isWidget && !isGraphicsWidget) {
|
---|
3896 | res = d->notify_helper(receiver, e);
|
---|
3897 | break;
|
---|
3898 | }
|
---|
3899 |
|
---|
3900 | QKeyEvent* key = static_cast<QKeyEvent*>(e);
|
---|
3901 | #if defined QT3_SUPPORT && !defined(QT_NO_SHORTCUT)
|
---|
3902 | if (d->use_compat() && d->qt_tryComposeUnicode(static_cast<QWidget*>(receiver), key))
|
---|
3903 | break;
|
---|
3904 | #endif
|
---|
3905 | if (key->type()==QEvent::KeyPress) {
|
---|
3906 | #ifndef QT_NO_SHORTCUT
|
---|
3907 | // Try looking for a Shortcut before sending key events
|
---|
3908 | if ((res = qApp->d_func()->shortcutMap.tryShortcutEvent(receiver, key)))
|
---|
3909 | return res;
|
---|
3910 | #endif
|
---|
3911 | qt_in_tab_key_event = (key->key() == Qt::Key_Backtab
|
---|
3912 | || key->key() == Qt::Key_Tab
|
---|
3913 | || key->key() == Qt::Key_Left
|
---|
3914 | || key->key() == Qt::Key_Up
|
---|
3915 | || key->key() == Qt::Key_Right
|
---|
3916 | || key->key() == Qt::Key_Down);
|
---|
3917 | }
|
---|
3918 | bool def = key->isAccepted();
|
---|
3919 | QPointer<QObject> pr = receiver;
|
---|
3920 | while (receiver) {
|
---|
3921 | if (def)
|
---|
3922 | key->accept();
|
---|
3923 | else
|
---|
3924 | key->ignore();
|
---|
3925 | res = d->notify_helper(receiver, e);
|
---|
3926 | QWidget *w = isWidget ? static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver) : 0;
|
---|
3927 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
3928 | QGraphicsWidget *gw = isGraphicsWidget ? static_cast<QGraphicsWidget *>(receiver) : 0;
|
---|
3929 | #endif
|
---|
3930 |
|
---|
3931 | if ((res && key->isAccepted())
|
---|
3932 | /*
|
---|
3933 | QLineEdit will emit a signal on Key_Return, but
|
---|
3934 | ignore the event, and sometimes the connected
|
---|
3935 | slot deletes the QLineEdit (common in itemview
|
---|
3936 | delegates), so we have to check if the widget
|
---|
3937 | was destroyed even if the event was ignored (to
|
---|
3938 | prevent a crash)
|
---|
3939 |
|
---|
3940 | note that we don't have to reset pw while
|
---|
3941 | propagating (because the original receiver will
|
---|
3942 | be destroyed if one of its ancestors is)
|
---|
3943 | */
|
---|
3944 | || !pr
|
---|
3945 | || (isWidget && (w->isWindow() || !w->parentWidget()))
|
---|
3946 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
3947 | || (isGraphicsWidget && (gw->isWindow() || !gw->parentWidget()))
|
---|
3948 | #endif
|
---|
3949 | ) {
|
---|
3950 | break;
|
---|
3951 | }
|
---|
3952 |
|
---|
3953 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
3954 | receiver = w ? (QObject *)w->parentWidget() : (QObject *)gw->parentWidget();
|
---|
3955 | #else
|
---|
3956 | receiver = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
3957 | #endif
|
---|
3958 | }
|
---|
3959 | qt_in_tab_key_event = false;
|
---|
3960 | }
|
---|
3961 | break;
|
---|
3962 | case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
|
---|
3963 | case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
|
---|
3964 | case QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick:
|
---|
3965 | case QEvent::MouseMove:
|
---|
3966 | {
|
---|
3967 | QWidget* w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
3968 |
|
---|
3969 | QMouseEvent* mouse = static_cast<QMouseEvent*>(e);
|
---|
3970 | QPoint relpos = mouse->pos();
|
---|
3971 |
|
---|
3972 | if (e->spontaneous()) {
|
---|
3973 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM
|
---|
3974 | QInputContext *ic = w->inputContext();
|
---|
3975 | if (ic
|
---|
3976 | && w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled)
|
---|
3977 | && ic->filterEvent(mouse))
|
---|
3978 | return true;
|
---|
3979 | #endif
|
---|
3980 |
|
---|
3981 | if (e->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonPress) {
|
---|
3982 | QApplicationPrivate::giveFocusAccordingToFocusPolicy(w,
|
---|
3983 | Qt::ClickFocus,
|
---|
3984 | Qt::MouseFocusReason);
|
---|
3985 | }
|
---|
3986 |
|
---|
3987 | // ### Qt 5 These dynamic tool tips should be an OPT-IN feature. Some platforms
|
---|
3988 | // like Mac OS X (probably others too), can optimize their views by not
|
---|
3989 | // dispatching mouse move events. We have attributes to control hover,
|
---|
3990 | // and mouse tracking, but as long as we are deciding to implement this
|
---|
3991 | // feature without choice of opting-in or out, you ALWAYS have to have
|
---|
3992 | // tracking enabled. Therefore, the other properties give a false sense of
|
---|
3993 | // performance enhancement.
|
---|
3994 | if (e->type() == QEvent::MouseMove && mouse->buttons() == 0) {
|
---|
3995 | d->toolTipWidget = w;
|
---|
3996 | d->toolTipPos = relpos;
|
---|
3997 | d->toolTipGlobalPos = mouse->globalPos();
|
---|
3998 | d->toolTipWakeUp.start(d->toolTipFallAsleep.isActive()?20:700, this);
|
---|
3999 | }
|
---|
4000 | }
|
---|
4001 |
|
---|
4002 | bool eventAccepted = mouse->isAccepted();
|
---|
4003 |
|
---|
4004 | QPointer<QWidget> pw = w;
|
---|
4005 | while (w) {
|
---|
4006 | QMouseEvent me(mouse->type(), relpos, mouse->globalPos(), mouse->button(), mouse->buttons(),
|
---|
4007 | mouse->modifiers());
|
---|
4008 | me.spont = mouse->spontaneous();
|
---|
4009 | // throw away any mouse-tracking-only mouse events
|
---|
4010 | if (!w->hasMouseTracking()
|
---|
4011 | && mouse->type() == QEvent::MouseMove && mouse->buttons() == 0) {
|
---|
4012 | // but still send them through all application event filters (normally done by notify_helper)
|
---|
4013 | for (int i = 0; i < d->eventFilters.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
4014 | register QObject *obj = d->eventFilters.at(i);
|
---|
4015 | if (!obj)
|
---|
4016 | continue;
|
---|
4017 | if (obj->d_func()->threadData != w->d_func()->threadData) {
|
---|
4018 | qWarning("QApplication: Object event filter cannot be in a different thread.");
|
---|
4019 | continue;
|
---|
4020 | }
|
---|
4021 | if (obj->eventFilter(w, w == receiver ? mouse : &me))
|
---|
4022 | break;
|
---|
4023 | }
|
---|
4024 | res = true;
|
---|
4025 | } else {
|
---|
4026 | w->setAttribute(Qt::WA_NoMouseReplay, false);
|
---|
4027 | res = d->notify_helper(w, w == receiver ? mouse : &me);
|
---|
4028 | e->spont = false;
|
---|
4029 | }
|
---|
4030 | eventAccepted = (w == receiver ? mouse : &me)->isAccepted();
|
---|
4031 | if (res && eventAccepted)
|
---|
4032 | break;
|
---|
4033 | if (w->isWindow() || w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoMousePropagation))
|
---|
4034 | break;
|
---|
4035 | relpos += w->pos();
|
---|
4036 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
4037 | }
|
---|
4038 |
|
---|
4039 | mouse->setAccepted(eventAccepted);
|
---|
4040 |
|
---|
4041 | if (e->type() == QEvent::MouseMove) {
|
---|
4042 | if (!pw)
|
---|
4043 | break;
|
---|
4044 |
|
---|
4045 | w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
4046 | relpos = mouse->pos();
|
---|
4047 | QPoint diff = relpos - w->mapFromGlobal(d->hoverGlobalPos);
|
---|
4048 | while (w) {
|
---|
4049 | if (w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_Hover) &&
|
---|
4050 | (!QApplication::activePopupWidget() || QApplication::activePopupWidget() == w->window())) {
|
---|
4051 | QHoverEvent he(QEvent::HoverMove, relpos, relpos - diff);
|
---|
4052 | d->notify_helper(w, &he);
|
---|
4053 | }
|
---|
4054 | if (w->isWindow() || w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoMousePropagation))
|
---|
4055 | break;
|
---|
4056 | relpos += w->pos();
|
---|
4057 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
4058 | }
|
---|
4059 | }
|
---|
4060 |
|
---|
4061 | d->hoverGlobalPos = mouse->globalPos();
|
---|
4062 | }
|
---|
4063 | break;
|
---|
4064 | #ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
|
---|
4065 | case QEvent::Wheel:
|
---|
4066 | {
|
---|
4067 | QWidget* w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
4068 | QWheelEvent* wheel = static_cast<QWheelEvent*>(e);
|
---|
4069 | QPoint relpos = wheel->pos();
|
---|
4070 | bool eventAccepted = wheel->isAccepted();
|
---|
4071 |
|
---|
4072 | if (e->spontaneous()) {
|
---|
4073 | QApplicationPrivate::giveFocusAccordingToFocusPolicy(w,
|
---|
4074 | Qt::WheelFocus,
|
---|
4075 | Qt::MouseFocusReason);
|
---|
4076 | }
|
---|
4077 |
|
---|
4078 | while (w) {
|
---|
4079 | QWheelEvent we(relpos, wheel->globalPos(), wheel->delta(), wheel->buttons(),
|
---|
4080 | wheel->modifiers(), wheel->orientation());
|
---|
4081 | we.spont = wheel->spontaneous();
|
---|
4082 | res = d->notify_helper(w, w == receiver ? wheel : &we);
|
---|
4083 | eventAccepted = ((w == receiver) ? wheel : &we)->isAccepted();
|
---|
4084 | e->spont = false;
|
---|
4085 | if ((res && eventAccepted)
|
---|
4086 | || w->isWindow() || w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoMousePropagation))
|
---|
4087 | break;
|
---|
4088 |
|
---|
4089 | relpos += w->pos();
|
---|
4090 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
4091 | }
|
---|
4092 | wheel->setAccepted(eventAccepted);
|
---|
4093 | }
|
---|
4094 | break;
|
---|
4095 | #endif
|
---|
4096 | #ifndef QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU
|
---|
4097 | case QEvent::ContextMenu:
|
---|
4098 | {
|
---|
4099 | QWidget* w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
4100 | QContextMenuEvent *context = static_cast<QContextMenuEvent*>(e);
|
---|
4101 | QPoint relpos = context->pos();
|
---|
4102 | bool eventAccepted = context->isAccepted();
|
---|
4103 | while (w) {
|
---|
4104 | QContextMenuEvent ce(context->reason(), relpos, context->globalPos(), context->modifiers());
|
---|
4105 | ce.spont = e->spontaneous();
|
---|
4106 | res = d->notify_helper(w, w == receiver ? context : &ce);
|
---|
4107 | eventAccepted = ((w == receiver) ? context : &ce)->isAccepted();
|
---|
4108 | e->spont = false;
|
---|
4109 |
|
---|
4110 | if ((res && eventAccepted)
|
---|
4111 | || w->isWindow() || w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoMousePropagation))
|
---|
4112 | break;
|
---|
4113 |
|
---|
4114 | relpos += w->pos();
|
---|
4115 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
4116 | }
|
---|
4117 | context->setAccepted(eventAccepted);
|
---|
4118 | }
|
---|
4119 | break;
|
---|
4120 | #endif // QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU
|
---|
4121 | #ifndef QT_NO_TABLETEVENT
|
---|
4122 | case QEvent::TabletMove:
|
---|
4123 | case QEvent::TabletPress:
|
---|
4124 | case QEvent::TabletRelease:
|
---|
4125 | {
|
---|
4126 | QWidget *w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
4127 | QTabletEvent *tablet = static_cast<QTabletEvent*>(e);
|
---|
4128 | QPoint relpos = tablet->pos();
|
---|
4129 | bool eventAccepted = tablet->isAccepted();
|
---|
4130 | while (w) {
|
---|
4131 | QTabletEvent te(tablet->type(), relpos, tablet->globalPos(),
|
---|
4132 | tablet->hiResGlobalPos(), tablet->device(), tablet->pointerType(),
|
---|
4133 | tablet->pressure(), tablet->xTilt(), tablet->yTilt(),
|
---|
4134 | tablet->tangentialPressure(), tablet->rotation(), tablet->z(),
|
---|
4135 | tablet->modifiers(), tablet->uniqueId());
|
---|
4136 | te.spont = e->spontaneous();
|
---|
4137 | res = d->notify_helper(w, w == receiver ? tablet : &te);
|
---|
4138 | eventAccepted = ((w == receiver) ? tablet : &te)->isAccepted();
|
---|
4139 | e->spont = false;
|
---|
4140 | if ((res && eventAccepted)
|
---|
4141 | || w->isWindow()
|
---|
4142 | || w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoMousePropagation))
|
---|
4143 | break;
|
---|
4144 |
|
---|
4145 | relpos += w->pos();
|
---|
4146 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
4147 | }
|
---|
4148 | tablet->setAccepted(eventAccepted);
|
---|
4149 | qt_tabletChokeMouse = tablet->isAccepted();
|
---|
4150 | }
|
---|
4151 | break;
|
---|
4152 | #endif // QT_NO_TABLETEVENT
|
---|
4153 |
|
---|
4154 | #if !defined(QT_NO_TOOLTIP) || !defined(QT_NO_WHATSTHIS)
|
---|
4155 | case QEvent::ToolTip:
|
---|
4156 | case QEvent::WhatsThis:
|
---|
4157 | case QEvent::QueryWhatsThis:
|
---|
4158 | {
|
---|
4159 | QWidget* w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
4160 | QHelpEvent *help = static_cast<QHelpEvent*>(e);
|
---|
4161 | QPoint relpos = help->pos();
|
---|
4162 | bool eventAccepted = help->isAccepted();
|
---|
4163 | while (w) {
|
---|
4164 | QHelpEvent he(help->type(), relpos, help->globalPos());
|
---|
4165 | he.spont = e->spontaneous();
|
---|
4166 | res = d->notify_helper(w, w == receiver ? help : &he);
|
---|
4167 | e->spont = false;
|
---|
4168 | eventAccepted = (w == receiver ? help : &he)->isAccepted();
|
---|
4169 | if ((res && eventAccepted) || w->isWindow())
|
---|
4170 | break;
|
---|
4171 |
|
---|
4172 | relpos += w->pos();
|
---|
4173 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
4174 | }
|
---|
4175 | help->setAccepted(eventAccepted);
|
---|
4176 | }
|
---|
4177 | break;
|
---|
4178 | #endif
|
---|
4179 | #if !defined(QT_NO_STATUSTIP) || !defined(QT_NO_WHATSTHIS)
|
---|
4180 | case QEvent::StatusTip:
|
---|
4181 | case QEvent::WhatsThisClicked:
|
---|
4182 | {
|
---|
4183 | QWidget *w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
4184 | while (w) {
|
---|
4185 | res = d->notify_helper(w, e);
|
---|
4186 | if ((res && e->isAccepted()) || w->isWindow())
|
---|
4187 | break;
|
---|
4188 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
4189 | }
|
---|
4190 | }
|
---|
4191 | break;
|
---|
4192 | #endif
|
---|
4193 |
|
---|
4194 | #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
---|
4195 | case QEvent::DragEnter: {
|
---|
4196 | QWidget* w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
4197 | QDragEnterEvent *dragEvent = static_cast<QDragEnterEvent *>(e);
|
---|
4198 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
---|
4199 | // HIView has a slight difference in how it delivers events to children and parents
|
---|
4200 | // It will not give a leave to a child's parent when it enters a child.
|
---|
4201 | QWidget *currentTarget = QDragManager::self()->currentTarget();
|
---|
4202 | if (currentTarget) {
|
---|
4203 | // Assume currentTarget did not get a leave
|
---|
4204 | QDragLeaveEvent event;
|
---|
4205 | QApplication::sendEvent(currentTarget, &event);
|
---|
4206 | }
|
---|
4207 | #endif
|
---|
4208 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
4209 | // QGraphicsProxyWidget handles its own propagation,
|
---|
4210 | // and we must not change QDragManagers currentTarget.
|
---|
4211 | QWExtra *extra = w->window()->d_func()->extra;
|
---|
4212 | if (extra && extra->proxyWidget) {
|
---|
4213 | res = d->notify_helper(w, dragEvent);
|
---|
4214 | break;
|
---|
4215 | }
|
---|
4216 | #endif
|
---|
4217 | while (w) {
|
---|
4218 | if (w->isEnabled() && w->acceptDrops()) {
|
---|
4219 | res = d->notify_helper(w, dragEvent);
|
---|
4220 | if (res && dragEvent->isAccepted()) {
|
---|
4221 | QDragManager::self()->setCurrentTarget(w);
|
---|
4222 | break;
|
---|
4223 | }
|
---|
4224 | }
|
---|
4225 | if (w->isWindow())
|
---|
4226 | break;
|
---|
4227 | dragEvent->p = w->mapToParent(dragEvent->p);
|
---|
4228 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
4229 | }
|
---|
4230 | }
|
---|
4231 | break;
|
---|
4232 | case QEvent::DragMove:
|
---|
4233 | case QEvent::Drop:
|
---|
4234 | case QEvent::DragLeave: {
|
---|
4235 | QWidget* w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
4236 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
4237 | // QGraphicsProxyWidget handles its own propagation,
|
---|
4238 | // and we must not change QDragManagers currentTarget.
|
---|
4239 | QWExtra *extra = w->window()->d_func()->extra;
|
---|
4240 | bool isProxyWidget = extra && extra->proxyWidget;
|
---|
4241 | if (!isProxyWidget)
|
---|
4242 | #endif
|
---|
4243 | w = QDragManager::self()->currentTarget();
|
---|
4244 |
|
---|
4245 | if (!w) {
|
---|
4246 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
---|
4247 | // HIView has a slight difference in how it delivers events to children and parents
|
---|
4248 | // It will not give an enter to a child's parent when it leaves the child.
|
---|
4249 | if (e->type() == QEvent::DragLeave)
|
---|
4250 | break;
|
---|
4251 | // Assume that w did not get an enter.
|
---|
4252 | QDropEvent *dropEvent = static_cast<QDropEvent *>(e);
|
---|
4253 | QDragEnterEvent dragEnterEvent(dropEvent->pos(), dropEvent->possibleActions(),
|
---|
4254 | dropEvent->mimeData(), dropEvent->mouseButtons(),
|
---|
4255 | dropEvent->keyboardModifiers());
|
---|
4256 | QApplication::sendEvent(receiver, &dragEnterEvent);
|
---|
4257 | w = QDragManager::self()->currentTarget();
|
---|
4258 | if (!w)
|
---|
4259 | #endif
|
---|
4260 | break;
|
---|
4261 | }
|
---|
4262 | if (e->type() == QEvent::DragMove || e->type() == QEvent::Drop) {
|
---|
4263 | QDropEvent *dragEvent = static_cast<QDropEvent *>(e);
|
---|
4264 | QWidget *origReciver = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
4265 | while (origReciver && w != origReciver) {
|
---|
4266 | dragEvent->p = origReciver->mapToParent(dragEvent->p);
|
---|
4267 | origReciver = origReciver->parentWidget();
|
---|
4268 | }
|
---|
4269 | }
|
---|
4270 | res = d->notify_helper(w, e);
|
---|
4271 | if (e->type() != QEvent::DragMove
|
---|
4272 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
---|
4273 | && !isProxyWidget
|
---|
4274 | #endif
|
---|
4275 | )
|
---|
4276 | QDragManager::self()->setCurrentTarget(0, e->type() == QEvent::Drop);
|
---|
4277 | }
|
---|
4278 | break;
|
---|
4279 | #endif
|
---|
4280 | case QEvent::TouchBegin:
|
---|
4281 | // Note: TouchUpdate and TouchEnd events are never propagated
|
---|
4282 | {
|
---|
4283 | QWidget *widget = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
4284 | QTouchEvent *touchEvent = static_cast<QTouchEvent *>(e);
|
---|
4285 | bool eventAccepted = touchEvent->isAccepted();
|
---|
4286 | if (widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_AcceptTouchEvents) && e->spontaneous()) {
|
---|
4287 | // give the widget focus if the focus policy allows it
|
---|
4288 | QApplicationPrivate::giveFocusAccordingToFocusPolicy(widget,
|
---|
4289 | Qt::ClickFocus,
|
---|
4290 | Qt::MouseFocusReason);
|
---|
4291 | }
|
---|
4292 |
|
---|
4293 | while (widget) {
|
---|
4294 | // first, try to deliver the touch event
|
---|
4295 | bool acceptTouchEvents = widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_AcceptTouchEvents);
|
---|
4296 | touchEvent->setWidget(widget);
|
---|
4297 | touchEvent->setAccepted(acceptTouchEvents);
|
---|
4298 | QWeakPointer<QWidget> p = widget;
|
---|
4299 | res = acceptTouchEvents && d->notify_helper(widget, touchEvent);
|
---|
4300 | eventAccepted = touchEvent->isAccepted();
|
---|
4301 | if (p.isNull()) {
|
---|
4302 | // widget was deleted
|
---|
4303 | widget = 0;
|
---|
4304 | } else {
|
---|
4305 | widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_AcceptedTouchBeginEvent, res && eventAccepted);
|
---|
4306 | }
|
---|
4307 | touchEvent->spont = false;
|
---|
4308 | if (res && eventAccepted) {
|
---|
4309 | // the first widget to accept the TouchBegin gets an implicit grab.
|
---|
4310 | for (int i = 0; i < touchEvent->touchPoints().count(); ++i) {
|
---|
4311 | const QTouchEvent::TouchPoint &touchPoint = touchEvent->touchPoints().at(i);
|
---|
4312 | d->widgetForTouchPointId[touchPoint.id()] = widget;
|
---|
4313 | }
|
---|
4314 | break;
|
---|
4315 | } else if (p.isNull() || widget->isWindow() || widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoMousePropagation)) {
|
---|
4316 | break;
|
---|
4317 | }
|
---|
4318 | QPoint offset = widget->pos();
|
---|
4319 | widget = widget->parentWidget();
|
---|
4320 | touchEvent->setWidget(widget);
|
---|
4321 | for (int i = 0; i < touchEvent->_touchPoints.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
4322 | QTouchEvent::TouchPoint &pt = touchEvent->_touchPoints[i];
|
---|
4323 | QRectF rect = pt.rect();
|
---|
4324 | rect.moveCenter(offset);
|
---|
4325 | pt.d->rect = rect;
|
---|
4326 | pt.d->startPos = pt.startPos() + offset;
|
---|
4327 | pt.d->lastPos = pt.lastPos() + offset;
|
---|
4328 | }
|
---|
4329 | }
|
---|
4330 |
|
---|
4331 | touchEvent->setAccepted(eventAccepted);
|
---|
4332 | break;
|
---|
4333 | }
|
---|
4334 | case QEvent::RequestSoftwareInputPanel:
|
---|
4335 | case QEvent::CloseSoftwareInputPanel:
|
---|
4336 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM
|
---|
4337 | if (receiver->isWidgetType()) {
|
---|
4338 | QWidget *w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
4339 | QInputContext *ic = w->inputContext();
|
---|
4340 | if (ic && ic->filterEvent(e)) {
|
---|
4341 | break;
|
---|
4342 | }
|
---|
4343 | }
|
---|
4344 | #endif
|
---|
4345 | res = d->notify_helper(receiver, e);
|
---|
4346 | break;
|
---|
4347 |
|
---|
4348 | #ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES
|
---|
4349 | case QEvent::NativeGesture:
|
---|
4350 | {
|
---|
4351 | // only propagate the first gesture event (after the GID_BEGIN)
|
---|
4352 | QWidget *w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
4353 | while (w) {
|
---|
4354 | e->ignore();
|
---|
4355 | res = d->notify_helper(w, e);
|
---|
4356 | if ((res && e->isAccepted()) || w->isWindow())
|
---|
4357 | break;
|
---|
4358 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
4359 | }
|
---|
4360 | break;
|
---|
4361 | }
|
---|
4362 | case QEvent::Gesture:
|
---|
4363 | case QEvent::GestureOverride:
|
---|
4364 | {
|
---|
4365 | if (receiver->isWidgetType()) {
|
---|
4366 | QWidget *w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
4367 | QGestureEvent *gestureEvent = static_cast<QGestureEvent *>(e);
|
---|
4368 | QList<QGesture *> allGestures = gestureEvent->gestures();
|
---|
4369 |
|
---|
4370 | bool eventAccepted = gestureEvent->isAccepted();
|
---|
4371 | bool wasAccepted = eventAccepted;
|
---|
4372 | while (w) {
|
---|
4373 | // send only gestures the widget expects
|
---|
4374 | QList<QGesture *> gestures;
|
---|
4375 | QWidgetPrivate *wd = w->d_func();
|
---|
4376 | for (int i = 0; i < allGestures.size();) {
|
---|
4377 | QGesture *g = allGestures.at(i);
|
---|
4378 | Qt::GestureType type = g->gestureType();
|
---|
4379 | QMap<Qt::GestureType, Qt::GestureFlags>::iterator contextit =
|
---|
4380 | wd->gestureContext.find(type);
|
---|
4381 | bool deliver = contextit != wd->gestureContext.end() &&
|
---|
4382 | (g->state() == Qt::GestureStarted || w == receiver ||
|
---|
4383 | (contextit.value() & Qt::ReceivePartialGestures));
|
---|
4384 | if (deliver) {
|
---|
4385 | allGestures.removeAt(i);
|
---|
4386 | gestures.append(g);
|
---|
4387 | } else {
|
---|
4388 | ++i;
|
---|
4389 | }
|
---|
4390 | }
|
---|
4391 | if (!gestures.isEmpty()) { // we have gestures for this w
|
---|
4392 | QGestureEvent ge(gestures);
|
---|
4393 | ge.t = gestureEvent->t;
|
---|
4394 | ge.spont = gestureEvent->spont;
|
---|
4395 | ge.m_accept = wasAccepted;
|
---|
4396 | ge.d_func()->accepted = gestureEvent->d_func()->accepted;
|
---|
4397 | res = d->notify_helper(w, &ge);
|
---|
4398 | gestureEvent->spont = false;
|
---|
4399 | eventAccepted = ge.isAccepted();
|
---|
4400 | for (int i = 0; i < gestures.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
4401 | QGesture *g = gestures.at(i);
|
---|
4402 | // Ignore res [event return value] because handling of multiple gestures
|
---|
4403 | // packed into a single QEvent depends on not consuming the event
|
---|
4404 | if (eventAccepted || ge.isAccepted(g)) {
|
---|
4405 | // if the gesture was accepted, mark the target widget for it
|
---|
4406 | gestureEvent->d_func()->targetWidgets[g->gestureType()] = w;
|
---|
4407 | gestureEvent->setAccepted(g, true);
|
---|
4408 | } else {
|
---|
4409 | // if the gesture was explicitly ignored by the application,
|
---|
4410 | // put it back so a parent can get it
|
---|
4411 | allGestures.append(g);
|
---|
4412 | }
|
---|
4413 | }
|
---|
4414 | }
|
---|
4415 | if (allGestures.isEmpty()) // everything delivered
|
---|
4416 | break;
|
---|
4417 | if (w->isWindow())
|
---|
4418 | break;
|
---|
4419 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
---|
4420 | }
|
---|
4421 | foreach (QGesture *g, allGestures)
|
---|
4422 | gestureEvent->setAccepted(g, false);
|
---|
4423 | gestureEvent->m_accept = false; // to make sure we check individual gestures
|
---|
4424 | } else {
|
---|
4425 | res = d->notify_helper(receiver, e);
|
---|
4426 | }
|
---|
4427 | break;
|
---|
4428 | }
|
---|
4429 | #endif // QT_NO_GESTURES
|
---|
4430 | default:
|
---|
4431 | res = d->notify_helper(receiver, e);
|
---|
4432 | break;
|
---|
4433 | }
|
---|
4434 |
|
---|
4435 | return res;
|
---|
4436 | }
|
---|
4437 |
|
---|
4438 | bool QApplicationPrivate::notify_helper(QObject *receiver, QEvent * e)
|
---|
4439 | {
|
---|
4440 | // send to all application event filters
|
---|
4441 | if (sendThroughApplicationEventFilters(receiver, e))
|
---|
4442 | return true;
|
---|
4443 |
|
---|
4444 | if (receiver->isWidgetType()) {
|
---|
4445 | QWidget *widget = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
---|
4446 |
|
---|
4447 | #if !defined(Q_WS_WINCE) || (defined(GWES_ICONCURS) && !defined(QT_NO_CURSOR))
|
---|
4448 | // toggle HasMouse widget state on enter and leave
|
---|
4449 | if ((e->type() == QEvent::Enter || e->type() == QEvent::DragEnter) &&
|
---|
4450 | (!QApplication::activePopupWidget() || QApplication::activePopupWidget() == widget->window()))
|
---|
4451 | widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_UnderMouse, true);
|
---|
4452 | else if (e->type() == QEvent::Leave || e->type() == QEvent::DragLeave)
|
---|
4453 | widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_UnderMouse, false);
|
---|
4454 | #endif
|
---|
4455 |
|
---|
4456 | if (QLayout *layout=widget->d_func()->layout) {
|
---|
4457 | layout->widgetEvent(e);
|
---|
4458 | }
|
---|
4459 | }
|
---|
4460 |
|
---|
4461 | // send to all receiver event filters
|
---|
4462 | if (sendThroughObjectEventFilters(receiver, e))
|
---|
4463 | return true;
|
---|
4464 |
|
---|
4465 | // deliver the event
|
---|
4466 | bool consumed = receiver->event(e);
|
---|
4467 | e->spont = false;
|
---|
4468 | return consumed;
|
---|
4469 | }
|
---|
4470 |
|
---|
4471 |
|
---|
4472 | /*!
|
---|
4473 | \class QSessionManager
|
---|
4474 | \brief The QSessionManager class provides access to the session manager.
|
---|
4475 |
|
---|
4476 | A session manager in a desktop environment (in which Qt GUI applications
|
---|
4477 | live) keeps track of a session, which is a group of running applications,
|
---|
4478 | each of which has a particular state. The state of an application contains
|
---|
4479 | (most notably) the documents the application has open and the position and
|
---|
4480 | size of its windows.
|
---|
4481 |
|
---|
4482 | The session manager is used to save the session, e.g., when the machine is
|
---|
4483 | shut down, and to restore a session, e.g., when the machine is started up.
|
---|
4484 | We recommend that you use QSettings to save an application's settings,
|
---|
4485 | for example, window positions, recently used files, etc. When the
|
---|
4486 | application is restarted by the session manager, you can restore the
|
---|
4487 | settings.
|
---|
4488 |
|
---|
4489 | QSessionManager provides an interface between the application and the
|
---|
4490 | session manager so that the program can work well with the session manager.
|
---|
4491 | In Qt, session management requests for action are handled by the two
|
---|
4492 | virtual functions QApplication::commitData() and QApplication::saveState().
|
---|
4493 | Both provide a reference to a session manager object as argument, to allow
|
---|
4494 | the application to communicate with the session manager. The session
|
---|
4495 | manager can only be accessed through these functions.
|
---|
4496 |
|
---|
4497 | No user interaction is possible \e unless the application gets explicit
|
---|
4498 | permission from the session manager. You ask for permission by calling
|
---|
4499 | allowsInteraction() or, if it is really urgent, allowsErrorInteraction().
|
---|
4500 | Qt does not enforce this, but the session manager may.
|
---|
4501 |
|
---|
4502 | You can try to abort the shutdown process by calling cancel(). The default
|
---|
4503 | commitData() function does this if some top-level window rejected its
|
---|
4504 | closeEvent().
|
---|
4505 |
|
---|
4506 | For sophisticated session managers provided on Unix/X11, QSessionManager
|
---|
4507 | offers further possibilities to fine-tune an application's session
|
---|
4508 | management behavior: setRestartCommand(), setDiscardCommand(),
|
---|
4509 | setRestartHint(), setProperty(), requestPhase2(). See the respective
|
---|
4510 | function descriptions for further details.
|
---|
4511 |
|
---|
4512 | \sa QApplication, {Session Management}
|
---|
4513 | */
|
---|
4514 |
|
---|
4515 | /*! \enum QSessionManager::RestartHint
|
---|
4516 |
|
---|
4517 | This enum type defines the circumstances under which this application wants
|
---|
4518 | to be restarted by the session manager. The current values are:
|
---|
4519 |
|
---|
4520 | \value RestartIfRunning If the application is still running when the
|
---|
4521 | session is shut down, it wants to be restarted
|
---|
4522 | at the start of the next session.
|
---|
4523 |
|
---|
4524 | \value RestartAnyway The application wants to be started at the
|
---|
4525 | start of the next session, no matter what.
|
---|
4526 | (This is useful for utilities that run just
|
---|
4527 | after startup and then quit.)
|
---|
4528 |
|
---|
4529 | \value RestartImmediately The application wants to be started immediately
|
---|
4530 | whenever it is not running.
|
---|
4531 |
|
---|
4532 | \value RestartNever The application does not want to be restarted
|
---|
4533 | automatically.
|
---|
4534 |
|
---|
4535 | The default hint is \c RestartIfRunning.
|
---|
4536 | */
|
---|
4537 |
|
---|
4538 |
|
---|
4539 | /*!
|
---|
4540 | \fn QString QSessionManager::sessionId() const
|
---|
4541 |
|
---|
4542 | Returns the identifier of the current session.
|
---|
4543 |
|
---|
4544 | If the application has been restored from an earlier session, this
|
---|
4545 | identifier is the same as it was in the earlier session.
|
---|
4546 |
|
---|
4547 | \sa sessionKey(), QApplication::sessionId()
|
---|
4548 | */
|
---|
4549 |
|
---|
4550 | /*!
|
---|
4551 | \fn QString QSessionManager::sessionKey() const
|
---|
4552 |
|
---|
4553 | Returns the session key in the current session.
|
---|
4554 |
|
---|
4555 | If the application has been restored from an earlier session, this key is
|
---|
4556 | the same as it was when the previous session ended.
|
---|
4557 |
|
---|
4558 | The session key changes with every call of commitData() or saveState().
|
---|
4559 |
|
---|
4560 | \sa sessionId(), QApplication::sessionKey()
|
---|
4561 | */
|
---|
4562 |
|
---|
4563 | /*!
|
---|
4564 | \fn void* QSessionManager::handle() const
|
---|
4565 |
|
---|
4566 | \internal
|
---|
4567 | */
|
---|
4568 |
|
---|
4569 | /*!
|
---|
4570 | \fn bool QSessionManager::allowsInteraction()
|
---|
4571 |
|
---|
4572 | Asks the session manager for permission to interact with the user. Returns
|
---|
4573 | true if interaction is permitted; otherwise returns false.
|
---|
4574 |
|
---|
4575 | The rationale behind this mechanism is to make it possible to synchronize
|
---|
4576 | user interaction during a shutdown. Advanced session managers may ask all
|
---|
4577 | applications simultaneously to commit their data, resulting in a much
|
---|
4578 | faster shutdown.
|
---|
4579 |
|
---|
4580 | When the interaction is completed we strongly recommend releasing the user
|
---|
4581 | interaction semaphore with a call to release(). This way, other
|
---|
4582 | applications may get the chance to interact with the user while your
|
---|
4583 | application is still busy saving data. (The semaphore is implicitly
|
---|
4584 | released when the application exits.)
|
---|
4585 |
|
---|
4586 | If the user decides to cancel the shutdown process during the interaction
|
---|
4587 | phase, you must tell the session manager that this has happened by calling
|
---|
4588 | cancel().
|
---|
4589 |
|
---|
4590 | Here's an example of how an application's QApplication::commitData() might
|
---|
4591 | be implemented:
|
---|
4592 |
|
---|
4593 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 8
|
---|
4594 |
|
---|
4595 | If an error occurred within the application while saving its data, you may
|
---|
4596 | want to try allowsErrorInteraction() instead.
|
---|
4597 |
|
---|
4598 | \sa QApplication::commitData(), release(), cancel()
|
---|
4599 | */
|
---|
4600 |
|
---|
4601 |
|
---|
4602 | /*!
|
---|
4603 | \fn bool QSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction()
|
---|
4604 |
|
---|
4605 | Returns true if error interaction is permitted; otherwise returns false.
|
---|
4606 |
|
---|
4607 | This is similar to allowsInteraction(), but also enables the application to
|
---|
4608 | tell the user about any errors that occur. Session managers may give error
|
---|
4609 | interaction requests higher priority, which means that it is more likely
|
---|
4610 | that an error interaction is permitted. However, you are still not
|
---|
4611 | guaranteed that the session manager will allow interaction.
|
---|
4612 |
|
---|
4613 | \sa allowsInteraction(), release(), cancel()
|
---|
4614 | */
|
---|
4615 |
|
---|
4616 | /*!
|
---|
4617 | \fn void QSessionManager::release()
|
---|
4618 |
|
---|
4619 | Releases the session manager's interaction semaphore after an interaction
|
---|
4620 | phase.
|
---|
4621 |
|
---|
4622 | \sa allowsInteraction(), allowsErrorInteraction()
|
---|
4623 | */
|
---|
4624 |
|
---|
4625 | /*!
|
---|
4626 | \fn void QSessionManager::cancel()
|
---|
4627 |
|
---|
4628 | Tells the session manager to cancel the shutdown process. Applications
|
---|
4629 | should not call this function without asking the user first.
|
---|
4630 |
|
---|
4631 | \sa allowsInteraction(), allowsErrorInteraction()
|
---|
4632 | */
|
---|
4633 |
|
---|
4634 | /*!
|
---|
4635 | \fn void QSessionManager::setRestartHint(RestartHint hint)
|
---|
4636 |
|
---|
4637 | Sets the application's restart hint to \a hint. On application startup, the
|
---|
4638 | hint is set to \c RestartIfRunning.
|
---|
4639 |
|
---|
4640 | \note These flags are only hints, a session manager may or may not respect
|
---|
4641 | them.
|
---|
4642 |
|
---|
4643 | We recommend setting the restart hint in QApplication::saveState() because
|
---|
4644 | most session managers perform a checkpoint shortly after an application's
|
---|
4645 | startup.
|
---|
4646 |
|
---|
4647 | \sa restartHint()
|
---|
4648 | */
|
---|
4649 |
|
---|
4650 | /*!
|
---|
4651 | \fn QSessionManager::RestartHint QSessionManager::restartHint() const
|
---|
4652 |
|
---|
4653 | Returns the application's current restart hint. The default is
|
---|
4654 | \c RestartIfRunning.
|
---|
4655 |
|
---|
4656 | \sa setRestartHint()
|
---|
4657 | */
|
---|
4658 |
|
---|
4659 | /*!
|
---|
4660 | \fn void QSessionManager::setRestartCommand(const QStringList& command)
|
---|
4661 |
|
---|
4662 | If the session manager is capable of restoring sessions it will execute
|
---|
4663 | \a command in order to restore the application. The command defaults to
|
---|
4664 |
|
---|
4665 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 9
|
---|
4666 |
|
---|
4667 | The \c -session option is mandatory; otherwise QApplication cannot tell
|
---|
4668 | whether it has been restored or what the current session identifier is.
|
---|
4669 | See QApplication::isSessionRestored() and QApplication::sessionId() for
|
---|
4670 | details.
|
---|
4671 |
|
---|
4672 | If your application is very simple, it may be possible to store the entire
|
---|
4673 | application state in additional command line options. This is usually a
|
---|
4674 | very bad idea because command lines are often limited to a few hundred
|
---|
4675 | bytes. Instead, use QSettings, temporary files, or a database for this
|
---|
4676 | purpose. By marking the data with the unique sessionId(), you will be able
|
---|
4677 | to restore the application in a future session.
|
---|
4678 |
|
---|
4679 | \sa restartCommand(), setDiscardCommand(), setRestartHint()
|
---|
4680 | */
|
---|
4681 |
|
---|
4682 | /*!
|
---|
4683 | \fn QStringList QSessionManager::restartCommand() const
|
---|
4684 |
|
---|
4685 | Returns the currently set restart command.
|
---|
4686 |
|
---|
4687 | To iterate over the list, you can use the \l foreach pseudo-keyword:
|
---|
4688 |
|
---|
4689 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 10
|
---|
4690 |
|
---|
4691 | \sa setRestartCommand(), restartHint()
|
---|
4692 | */
|
---|
4693 |
|
---|
4694 | /*!
|
---|
4695 | \fn void QSessionManager::setDiscardCommand(const QStringList& list)
|
---|
4696 |
|
---|
4697 | Sets the discard command to the given \a list.
|
---|
4698 |
|
---|
4699 | \sa discardCommand(), setRestartCommand()
|
---|
4700 | */
|
---|
4701 |
|
---|
4702 |
|
---|
4703 | /*!
|
---|
4704 | \fn QStringList QSessionManager::discardCommand() const
|
---|
4705 |
|
---|
4706 | Returns the currently set discard command.
|
---|
4707 |
|
---|
4708 | To iterate over the list, you can use the \l foreach pseudo-keyword:
|
---|
4709 |
|
---|
4710 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 11
|
---|
4711 |
|
---|
4712 | \sa setDiscardCommand(), restartCommand(), setRestartCommand()
|
---|
4713 | */
|
---|
4714 |
|
---|
4715 | /*!
|
---|
4716 | \fn void QSessionManager::setManagerProperty(const QString &name, const QString &value)
|
---|
4717 | \overload
|
---|
4718 |
|
---|
4719 | Low-level write access to the application's identification and state
|
---|
4720 | records are kept in the session manager.
|
---|
4721 |
|
---|
4722 | The property called \a name has its value set to the string \a value.
|
---|
4723 | */
|
---|
4724 |
|
---|
4725 | /*!
|
---|
4726 | \fn void QSessionManager::setManagerProperty(const QString& name,
|
---|
4727 | const QStringList& value)
|
---|
4728 |
|
---|
4729 | Low-level write access to the application's identification and state record
|
---|
4730 | are kept in the session manager.
|
---|
4731 |
|
---|
4732 | The property called \a name has its value set to the string list \a value.
|
---|
4733 | */
|
---|
4734 |
|
---|
4735 | /*!
|
---|
4736 | \fn bool QSessionManager::isPhase2() const
|
---|
4737 |
|
---|
4738 | Returns true if the session manager is currently performing a second
|
---|
4739 | session management phase; otherwise returns false.
|
---|
4740 |
|
---|
4741 | \sa requestPhase2()
|
---|
4742 | */
|
---|
4743 |
|
---|
4744 | /*!
|
---|
4745 | \fn void QSessionManager::requestPhase2()
|
---|
4746 |
|
---|
4747 | Requests a second session management phase for the application. The
|
---|
4748 | application may then return immediately from the QApplication::commitData()
|
---|
4749 | or QApplication::saveState() function, and they will be called again once
|
---|
4750 | most or all other applications have finished their session management.
|
---|
4751 |
|
---|
4752 | The two phases are useful for applications such as the X11 window manager
|
---|
4753 | that need to store information about another application's windows and
|
---|
4754 | therefore have to wait until these applications have completed their
|
---|
4755 | respective session management tasks.
|
---|
4756 |
|
---|
4757 | \note If another application has requested a second phase it may get called
|
---|
4758 | before, simultaneously with, or after your application's second phase.
|
---|
4759 |
|
---|
4760 | \sa isPhase2()
|
---|
4761 | */
|
---|
4762 |
|
---|
4763 | /*****************************************************************************
|
---|
4764 | Stubbed session management support
|
---|
4765 | *****************************************************************************/
|
---|
4766 | #ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
---|
4767 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_PM) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_WS_QWS)
|
---|
4768 |
|
---|
4769 | #if defined(Q_OS_WINCE)
|
---|
4770 | HRESULT qt_CoCreateGuid(GUID* guid)
|
---|
4771 | {
|
---|
4772 | // We will use the following information to create the GUID
|
---|
4773 | // 1. absolute path to application
|
---|
4774 | wchar_t tempFilename[MAX_PATH];
|
---|
4775 | if (!GetModuleFileName(0, tempFilename, MAX_PATH))
|
---|
4776 | return S_FALSE;
|
---|
4777 | unsigned int hash = qHash(QString::fromWCharArray(tempFilename));
|
---|
4778 | guid->Data1 = hash;
|
---|
4779 | // 2. creation time of file
|
---|
4780 | QFileInfo info(QString::fromWCharArray(tempFilename));
|
---|
4781 | guid->Data2 = qHash(info.created().toTime_t());
|
---|
4782 | // 3. current system time
|
---|
4783 | guid->Data3 = qHash(QDateTime::currentDateTime().toTime_t());
|
---|
4784 | return S_OK;
|
---|
4785 | }
|
---|
4786 | #if !defined(OLE32_MCOMGUID) || defined(QT_WINCE_FORCE_CREATE_GUID)
|
---|
4787 | #define CoCreateGuid qt_CoCreateGuid
|
---|
4788 | #endif
|
---|
4789 |
|
---|
4790 | #endif
|
---|
4791 |
|
---|
4792 | class QSessionManagerPrivate : public QObjectPrivate
|
---|
4793 | {
|
---|
4794 | public:
|
---|
4795 | QStringList restartCommand;
|
---|
4796 | QStringList discardCommand;
|
---|
4797 | QString sessionId;
|
---|
4798 | QString sessionKey;
|
---|
4799 | QSessionManager::RestartHint restartHint;
|
---|
4800 | };
|
---|
4801 |
|
---|
4802 | QSessionManager* qt_session_manager_self = 0;
|
---|
4803 | QSessionManager::QSessionManager(QApplication * app, QString &id, QString &key)
|
---|
4804 | : QObject(*new QSessionManagerPrivate, app)
|
---|
4805 | {
|
---|
4806 | Q_D(QSessionManager);
|
---|
4807 | setObjectName(QLatin1String("qt_sessionmanager"));
|
---|
4808 | qt_session_manager_self = this;
|
---|
4809 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
4810 | wchar_t guidstr[40];
|
---|
4811 | GUID guid;
|
---|
4812 | CoCreateGuid(&guid);
|
---|
4813 | StringFromGUID2(guid, guidstr, 40);
|
---|
4814 | id = QString::fromWCharArray(guidstr);
|
---|
4815 | CoCreateGuid(&guid);
|
---|
4816 | StringFromGUID2(guid, guidstr, 40);
|
---|
4817 | key = QString::fromWCharArray(guidstr);
|
---|
4818 | #endif
|
---|
4819 | d->sessionId = id;
|
---|
4820 | d->sessionKey = key;
|
---|
4821 | d->restartHint = RestartIfRunning;
|
---|
4822 | }
|
---|
4823 |
|
---|
4824 | QSessionManager::~QSessionManager()
|
---|
4825 | {
|
---|
4826 | qt_session_manager_self = 0;
|
---|
4827 | }
|
---|
4828 |
|
---|
4829 | QString QSessionManager::sessionId() const
|
---|
4830 | {
|
---|
4831 | Q_D(const QSessionManager);
|
---|
4832 | return d->sessionId;
|
---|
4833 | }
|
---|
4834 |
|
---|
4835 | QString QSessionManager::sessionKey() const
|
---|
4836 | {
|
---|
4837 | Q_D(const QSessionManager);
|
---|
4838 | return d->sessionKey;
|
---|
4839 | }
|
---|
4840 |
|
---|
4841 |
|
---|
4842 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_MAC)
|
---|
4843 | void* QSessionManager::handle() const
|
---|
4844 | {
|
---|
4845 | return 0;
|
---|
4846 | }
|
---|
4847 | #endif
|
---|
4848 |
|
---|
4849 | #if !defined(Q_WS_WIN) && !defined(Q_WS_PM)
|
---|
4850 | bool QSessionManager::allowsInteraction()
|
---|
4851 | {
|
---|
4852 | return true;
|
---|
4853 | }
|
---|
4854 |
|
---|
4855 | bool QSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction()
|
---|
4856 | {
|
---|
4857 | return true;
|
---|
4858 | }
|
---|
4859 | void QSessionManager::release()
|
---|
4860 | {
|
---|
4861 | }
|
---|
4862 |
|
---|
4863 | void QSessionManager::cancel()
|
---|
4864 | {
|
---|
4865 | }
|
---|
4866 | #endif
|
---|
4867 |
|
---|
4868 |
|
---|
4869 | void QSessionManager::setRestartHint(QSessionManager::RestartHint hint)
|
---|
4870 | {
|
---|
4871 | Q_D(QSessionManager);
|
---|
4872 | d->restartHint = hint;
|
---|
4873 | }
|
---|
4874 |
|
---|
4875 | QSessionManager::RestartHint QSessionManager::restartHint() const
|
---|
4876 | {
|
---|
4877 | Q_D(const QSessionManager);
|
---|
4878 | return d->restartHint;
|
---|
4879 | }
|
---|
4880 |
|
---|
4881 | void QSessionManager::setRestartCommand(const QStringList& command)
|
---|
4882 | {
|
---|
4883 | Q_D(QSessionManager);
|
---|
4884 | d->restartCommand = command;
|
---|
4885 | }
|
---|
4886 |
|
---|
4887 | QStringList QSessionManager::restartCommand() const
|
---|
4888 | {
|
---|
4889 | Q_D(const QSessionManager);
|
---|
4890 | return d->restartCommand;
|
---|
4891 | }
|
---|
4892 |
|
---|
4893 | void QSessionManager::setDiscardCommand(const QStringList& command)
|
---|
4894 | {
|
---|
4895 | Q_D(QSessionManager);
|
---|
4896 | d->discardCommand = command;
|
---|
4897 | }
|
---|
4898 |
|
---|
4899 | QStringList QSessionManager::discardCommand() const
|
---|
4900 | {
|
---|
4901 | Q_D(const QSessionManager);
|
---|
4902 | return d->discardCommand;
|
---|
4903 | }
|
---|
4904 |
|
---|
4905 | void QSessionManager::setManagerProperty(const QString&, const QString&)
|
---|
4906 | {
|
---|
4907 | }
|
---|
4908 |
|
---|
4909 | void QSessionManager::setManagerProperty(const QString&, const QStringList&)
|
---|
4910 | {
|
---|
4911 | }
|
---|
4912 |
|
---|
4913 | bool QSessionManager::isPhase2() const
|
---|
4914 | {
|
---|
4915 | return false;
|
---|
4916 | }
|
---|
4917 |
|
---|
4918 | void QSessionManager::requestPhase2()
|
---|
4919 | {
|
---|
4920 | }
|
---|
4921 |
|
---|
4922 | #endif
|
---|
4923 | #endif // QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
---|
4924 |
|
---|
4925 | /*!
|
---|
4926 | \typedef QApplication::ColorMode
|
---|
4927 | \compat
|
---|
4928 |
|
---|
4929 | Use ColorSpec instead.
|
---|
4930 | */
|
---|
4931 |
|
---|
4932 | /*!
|
---|
4933 | \fn Qt::MacintoshVersion QApplication::macVersion()
|
---|
4934 |
|
---|
4935 | Use QSysInfo::MacintoshVersion instead.
|
---|
4936 | */
|
---|
4937 |
|
---|
4938 | /*!
|
---|
4939 | \fn QApplication::ColorMode QApplication::colorMode()
|
---|
4940 |
|
---|
4941 | Use colorSpec() instead, and use ColorSpec as the enum type.
|
---|
4942 | */
|
---|
4943 |
|
---|
4944 | /*!
|
---|
4945 | \fn void QApplication::setColorMode(ColorMode mode)
|
---|
4946 |
|
---|
4947 | Use setColorSpec() instead, and pass a ColorSpec value instead.
|
---|
4948 | */
|
---|
4949 |
|
---|
4950 | /*!
|
---|
4951 | \fn bool QApplication::hasGlobalMouseTracking()
|
---|
4952 |
|
---|
4953 | This feature does not exist anymore. This function always returns true
|
---|
4954 | in Qt 4.
|
---|
4955 | */
|
---|
4956 |
|
---|
4957 | /*!
|
---|
4958 | \fn void QApplication::setGlobalMouseTracking(bool dummy)
|
---|
4959 |
|
---|
4960 | This function does nothing in Qt 4. The \a dummy parameter is ignored.
|
---|
4961 | */
|
---|
4962 |
|
---|
4963 | /*!
|
---|
4964 | \fn void QApplication::flushX()
|
---|
4965 |
|
---|
4966 | Use flush() instead.
|
---|
4967 | */
|
---|
4968 |
|
---|
4969 | /*!
|
---|
4970 | \fn void QApplication::setWinStyleHighlightColor(const QColor &c)
|
---|
4971 |
|
---|
4972 | Use the palette instead.
|
---|
4973 |
|
---|
4974 | \oldcode
|
---|
4975 | app.setWinStyleHighlightColor(color);
|
---|
4976 | \newcode
|
---|
4977 | QPalette palette(QApplication::palette());
|
---|
4978 | palette.setColor(QPalette::Highlight, color);
|
---|
4979 | QApplication::setPalette(palette);
|
---|
4980 | \endcode
|
---|
4981 | */
|
---|
4982 |
|
---|
4983 | /*!
|
---|
4984 | \fn void QApplication::setPalette(const QPalette &pal, bool b, const char* className = 0)
|
---|
4985 |
|
---|
4986 | Use the two-argument overload instead.
|
---|
4987 | */
|
---|
4988 |
|
---|
4989 | /*!
|
---|
4990 | \fn void QApplication::setFont(const QFont &font, bool b, const char* className = 0)
|
---|
4991 |
|
---|
4992 | Use the two-argument overload instead.
|
---|
4993 | */
|
---|
4994 |
|
---|
4995 | /*!
|
---|
4996 | \fn const QColor &QApplication::winStyleHighlightColor()
|
---|
4997 |
|
---|
4998 | Use QApplication::palette().color(QPalette::Active, QPalette::Highlight) instead.
|
---|
4999 | */
|
---|
5000 |
|
---|
5001 | /*!
|
---|
5002 | \fn QWidget *QApplication::widgetAt(int x, int y, bool child)
|
---|
5003 |
|
---|
5004 | Use the two-argument widgetAt() overload to get the child widget. To get
|
---|
5005 | the top-level widget do this:
|
---|
5006 |
|
---|
5007 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 12
|
---|
5008 | */
|
---|
5009 |
|
---|
5010 | /*!
|
---|
5011 | \fn QWidget *QApplication::widgetAt(const QPoint &point, bool child)
|
---|
5012 |
|
---|
5013 | Use the single-argument widgetAt() overload to get the child widget. To get
|
---|
5014 | the top-level widget do this:
|
---|
5015 |
|
---|
5016 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 13
|
---|
5017 | */
|
---|
5018 |
|
---|
5019 | #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
|
---|
5020 | QWidget *QApplication::mainWidget()
|
---|
5021 | {
|
---|
5022 | return QApplicationPrivate::main_widget;
|
---|
5023 | }
|
---|
5024 | #endif
|
---|
5025 | bool QApplicationPrivate::inPopupMode() const
|
---|
5026 | {
|
---|
5027 | return QApplicationPrivate::popupWidgets != 0;
|
---|
5028 | }
|
---|
5029 |
|
---|
5030 | /*!
|
---|
5031 | \property QApplication::quitOnLastWindowClosed
|
---|
5032 |
|
---|
5033 | \brief whether the application implicitly quits when the last window is
|
---|
5034 | closed.
|
---|
5035 |
|
---|
5036 | The default is true.
|
---|
5037 |
|
---|
5038 | If this property is true, the applications quits when the last visible
|
---|
5039 | primary window (i.e. window with no parent) with the Qt::WA_QuitOnClose
|
---|
5040 | attribute set is closed. By default this attribute is set for all widgets
|
---|
5041 | except for sub-windows. Refer to \l{Qt::WindowType} for a detailed list of
|
---|
5042 | Qt::Window objects.
|
---|
5043 |
|
---|
5044 | \sa quit(), QWidget::close()
|
---|
5045 | */
|
---|
5046 |
|
---|
5047 | void QApplication::setQuitOnLastWindowClosed(bool quit)
|
---|
5048 | {
|
---|
5049 | QApplicationPrivate::quitOnLastWindowClosed = quit;
|
---|
5050 | }
|
---|
5051 |
|
---|
5052 | bool QApplication::quitOnLastWindowClosed()
|
---|
5053 | {
|
---|
5054 | return QApplicationPrivate::quitOnLastWindowClosed;
|
---|
5055 | }
|
---|
5056 |
|
---|
5057 | void QApplicationPrivate::emitLastWindowClosed()
|
---|
5058 | {
|
---|
5059 | if (qApp && qApp->d_func()->in_exec) {
|
---|
5060 | if (QApplicationPrivate::quitOnLastWindowClosed) {
|
---|
5061 | // get ready to quit, this event might be removed if the
|
---|
5062 | // event loop is re-entered, however
|
---|
5063 | QApplication::postEvent(qApp, new QEvent(QEvent::Quit));
|
---|
5064 | }
|
---|
5065 | emit qApp->lastWindowClosed();
|
---|
5066 | }
|
---|
5067 | }
|
---|
5068 |
|
---|
5069 | /*! \variable QApplication::NormalColors
|
---|
5070 | \compat
|
---|
5071 |
|
---|
5072 | Use \l NormalColor instead.
|
---|
5073 | */
|
---|
5074 |
|
---|
5075 | /*! \variable QApplication::CustomColors
|
---|
5076 | \compat
|
---|
5077 |
|
---|
5078 | Use \l CustomColor instead.
|
---|
5079 | */
|
---|
5080 |
|
---|
5081 | #ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION
|
---|
5082 | /*!
|
---|
5083 | Sets the kind of focus navigation Qt should use to \a mode.
|
---|
5084 |
|
---|
5085 | This feature is available in Qt for Embedded Linux, Symbian and Windows CE
|
---|
5086 | only.
|
---|
5087 |
|
---|
5088 | \note On Windows CE this feature is disabled by default for touch device
|
---|
5089 | mkspecs. To enable keypad navigation, build Qt with
|
---|
5090 | QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION defined.
|
---|
5091 |
|
---|
5092 | \note On Symbian, setting the mode to Qt::NavigationModeCursorAuto will enable a
|
---|
5093 | virtual mouse cursor on non touchscreen devices, which is controlled
|
---|
5094 | by the cursor keys if there is no analog pointer device.
|
---|
5095 | On other platforms and on touchscreen devices, it has the same
|
---|
5096 | meaning as Qt::NavigationModeNone.
|
---|
5097 |
|
---|
5098 | \since 4.6
|
---|
5099 |
|
---|
5100 | \sa keypadNavigationEnabled()
|
---|
5101 | */
|
---|
5102 | void QApplication::setNavigationMode(Qt::NavigationMode mode)
|
---|
5103 | {
|
---|
5104 | #ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
|
---|
5105 | QApplicationPrivate::setNavigationMode(mode);
|
---|
5106 | #else
|
---|
5107 | QApplicationPrivate::navigationMode = mode;
|
---|
5108 | #endif
|
---|
5109 | }
|
---|
5110 |
|
---|
5111 | /*!
|
---|
5112 | Returns what kind of focus navigation Qt is using.
|
---|
5113 |
|
---|
5114 | This feature is available in Qt for Embedded Linux, Symbian and Windows CE
|
---|
5115 | only.
|
---|
5116 |
|
---|
5117 | \note On Windows CE this feature is disabled by default for touch device
|
---|
5118 | mkspecs. To enable keypad navigation, build Qt with
|
---|
5119 | QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION defined.
|
---|
5120 |
|
---|
5121 | \note On Symbian, the default mode is Qt::NavigationModeNone for touch
|
---|
5122 | devices, and Qt::NavigationModeKeypadDirectional.
|
---|
5123 |
|
---|
5124 | \since 4.6
|
---|
5125 |
|
---|
5126 | \sa keypadNavigationEnabled()
|
---|
5127 | */
|
---|
5128 | Qt::NavigationMode QApplication::navigationMode()
|
---|
5129 | {
|
---|
5130 | return QApplicationPrivate::navigationMode;
|
---|
5131 | }
|
---|
5132 |
|
---|
5133 | /*!
|
---|
5134 | Sets whether Qt should use focus navigation suitable for use with a
|
---|
5135 | minimal keypad.
|
---|
5136 |
|
---|
5137 | This feature is available in Qt for Embedded Linux, Symbian and Windows CE
|
---|
5138 | only.
|
---|
5139 |
|
---|
5140 | \note On Windows CE this feature is disabled by default for touch device
|
---|
5141 | mkspecs. To enable keypad navigation, build Qt with
|
---|
5142 | QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION defined.
|
---|
5143 |
|
---|
5144 | \deprecated
|
---|
5145 |
|
---|
5146 | \sa setNavigationMode()
|
---|
5147 | */
|
---|
5148 | void QApplication::setKeypadNavigationEnabled(bool enable)
|
---|
5149 | {
|
---|
5150 | if (enable) {
|
---|
5151 | #ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
|
---|
5152 | QApplication::setNavigationMode(Qt::NavigationModeKeypadDirectional);
|
---|
5153 | #else
|
---|
5154 | QApplication::setNavigationMode(Qt::NavigationModeKeypadTabOrder);
|
---|
5155 | #endif
|
---|
5156 | }
|
---|
5157 | else {
|
---|
5158 | QApplication::setNavigationMode(Qt::NavigationModeNone);
|
---|
5159 | }
|
---|
5160 | }
|
---|
5161 |
|
---|
5162 | /*!
|
---|
5163 | Returns true if Qt is set to use keypad navigation; otherwise returns
|
---|
5164 | false. The default value is true on Symbian, but false on other platforms.
|
---|
5165 |
|
---|
5166 | This feature is available in Qt for Embedded Linux, Symbian and Windows CE
|
---|
5167 | only.
|
---|
5168 |
|
---|
5169 | \note On Windows CE this feature is disabled by default for touch device
|
---|
5170 | mkspecs. To enable keypad navigation, build Qt with
|
---|
5171 | QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION defined.
|
---|
5172 |
|
---|
5173 | \deprecated
|
---|
5174 |
|
---|
5175 | \sa navigationMode()
|
---|
5176 | */
|
---|
5177 | bool QApplication::keypadNavigationEnabled()
|
---|
5178 | {
|
---|
5179 | return QApplicationPrivate::navigationMode == Qt::NavigationModeKeypadTabOrder ||
|
---|
5180 | QApplicationPrivate::navigationMode == Qt::NavigationModeKeypadDirectional;
|
---|
5181 | }
|
---|
5182 | #endif
|
---|
5183 |
|
---|
5184 | /*!
|
---|
5185 | \fn void QApplication::alert(QWidget *widget, int msec)
|
---|
5186 | \since 4.3
|
---|
5187 |
|
---|
5188 | Causes an alert to be shown for \a widget if the window is not the active
|
---|
5189 | window. The alert is shown for \a msec miliseconds. If \a msec is zero (the
|
---|
5190 | default), then the alert is shown indefinitely until the window becomes
|
---|
5191 | active again.
|
---|
5192 |
|
---|
5193 | Currently this function does nothing on Qt for Embedded Linux.
|
---|
5194 |
|
---|
5195 | On Mac OS X, this works more at the application level and will cause the
|
---|
5196 | application icon to bounce in the dock.
|
---|
5197 |
|
---|
5198 | On Windows, this causes the window's taskbar entry to flash for a time. If
|
---|
5199 | \a msec is zero, the flashing will stop and the taskbar entry will turn a
|
---|
5200 | different color (currently orange).
|
---|
5201 |
|
---|
5202 | On X11, this will cause the window to be marked as "demands attention", the
|
---|
5203 | window must not be hidden (i.e. not have hide() called on it, but be
|
---|
5204 | visible in some sort of way) in order for this to work.
|
---|
5205 | */
|
---|
5206 |
|
---|
5207 | /*!
|
---|
5208 | \property QApplication::cursorFlashTime
|
---|
5209 | \brief the text cursor's flash (blink) time in milliseconds
|
---|
5210 |
|
---|
5211 | The flash time is the time required to display, invert and restore the
|
---|
5212 | caret display. Usually the text cursor is displayed for half the cursor
|
---|
5213 | flash time, then hidden for the same amount of time, but this may vary.
|
---|
5214 |
|
---|
5215 | The default value on X11 is 1000 milliseconds. On Windows, the
|
---|
5216 | \gui{Control Panel} value is used and setting this property sets the cursor
|
---|
5217 | flash time for all applications.
|
---|
5218 |
|
---|
5219 | We recommend that widgets do not cache this value as it may change at any
|
---|
5220 | time if the user changes the global desktop settings.
|
---|
5221 | */
|
---|
5222 |
|
---|
5223 | /*!
|
---|
5224 | \property QApplication::doubleClickInterval
|
---|
5225 | \brief the time limit in milliseconds that distinguishes a double click
|
---|
5226 | from two consecutive mouse clicks
|
---|
5227 |
|
---|
5228 | The default value on X11 is 400 milliseconds. On Windows and Mac OS, the
|
---|
5229 | operating system's value is used. However, on Windows and Symbian OS,
|
---|
5230 | calling this function sets the double click interval for all applications.
|
---|
5231 | */
|
---|
5232 |
|
---|
5233 | /*!
|
---|
5234 | \property QApplication::keyboardInputInterval
|
---|
5235 | \brief the time limit in milliseconds that distinguishes a key press
|
---|
5236 | from two consecutive key presses
|
---|
5237 | \since 4.2
|
---|
5238 |
|
---|
5239 | The default value on X11 is 400 milliseconds. On Windows and Mac OS, the
|
---|
5240 | operating system's value is used.
|
---|
5241 | */
|
---|
5242 |
|
---|
5243 | /*!
|
---|
5244 | \property QApplication::wheelScrollLines
|
---|
5245 | \brief the number of lines to scroll a widget, when the
|
---|
5246 | mouse wheel is rotated.
|
---|
5247 |
|
---|
5248 | If the value exceeds the widget's number of visible lines, the widget
|
---|
5249 | should interpret the scroll operation as a single \e{page up} or
|
---|
5250 | \e{page down}. If the widget is an \l{QAbstractItemView}{item view class},
|
---|
5251 | then the result of scrolling one \e line depends on the setting of the
|
---|
5252 | widget's \l{QAbstractItemView::verticalScrollMode()}{scroll mode}. Scroll
|
---|
5253 | one \e line can mean \l{QAbstractItemView::ScrollPerItem}{scroll one item}
|
---|
5254 | or \l{QAbstractItemView::ScrollPerPixel}{scroll one pixel}.
|
---|
5255 |
|
---|
5256 | By default, this property has a value of 3.
|
---|
5257 | */
|
---|
5258 |
|
---|
5259 | /*!
|
---|
5260 | \fn void QApplication::setEffectEnabled(Qt::UIEffect effect, bool enable)
|
---|
5261 |
|
---|
5262 | Enables the UI effect \a effect if \a enable is true, otherwise the effect
|
---|
5263 | will not be used.
|
---|
5264 |
|
---|
5265 | \note All effects are disabled on screens running at less than 16-bit color
|
---|
5266 | depth.
|
---|
5267 |
|
---|
5268 | \sa isEffectEnabled(), Qt::UIEffect, setDesktopSettingsAware()
|
---|
5269 | */
|
---|
5270 |
|
---|
5271 | /*!
|
---|
5272 | \fn bool QApplication::isEffectEnabled(Qt::UIEffect effect)
|
---|
5273 |
|
---|
5274 | Returns true if \a effect is enabled; otherwise returns false.
|
---|
5275 |
|
---|
5276 | By default, Qt will try to use the desktop settings. To prevent this, call
|
---|
5277 | setDesktopSettingsAware(false).
|
---|
5278 |
|
---|
5279 | \note All effects are disabled on screens running at less than 16-bit color
|
---|
5280 | depth.
|
---|
5281 |
|
---|
5282 | \sa setEffectEnabled(), Qt::UIEffect
|
---|
5283 | */
|
---|
5284 |
|
---|
5285 | /*!
|
---|
5286 | \fn QWidget *QApplication::mainWidget()
|
---|
5287 |
|
---|
5288 | Returns the main application widget, or 0 if there is no main widget.
|
---|
5289 | */
|
---|
5290 |
|
---|
5291 | /*!
|
---|
5292 | \fn void QApplication::setMainWidget(QWidget *mainWidget)
|
---|
5293 |
|
---|
5294 | Sets the application's main widget to \a mainWidget.
|
---|
5295 |
|
---|
5296 | In most respects the main widget is like any other widget, except that if
|
---|
5297 | it is closed, the application exits. QApplication does \e not take
|
---|
5298 | ownership of the \a mainWidget, so if you create your main widget on the
|
---|
5299 | heap you must delete it yourself.
|
---|
5300 |
|
---|
5301 | You need not have a main widget; connecting lastWindowClosed() to quit()
|
---|
5302 | is an alternative.
|
---|
5303 |
|
---|
5304 | On X11, this function also resizes and moves the main widget according
|
---|
5305 | to the \e -geometry command-line option, so you should set the default
|
---|
5306 | geometry (using \l QWidget::setGeometry()) before calling setMainWidget().
|
---|
5307 |
|
---|
5308 | \sa mainWidget(), exec(), quit()
|
---|
5309 | */
|
---|
5310 |
|
---|
5311 | /*!
|
---|
5312 | \fn void QApplication::beep()
|
---|
5313 |
|
---|
5314 | Sounds the bell, using the default volume and sound. The function is \e not
|
---|
5315 | available in Qt for Embedded Linux.
|
---|
5316 | */
|
---|
5317 |
|
---|
5318 | /*!
|
---|
5319 | \fn void QApplication::setOverrideCursor(const QCursor &cursor)
|
---|
5320 |
|
---|
5321 | Sets the application override cursor to \a cursor.
|
---|
5322 |
|
---|
5323 | Application override cursors are intended for showing the user that the
|
---|
5324 | application is in a special state, for example during an operation that
|
---|
5325 | might take some time.
|
---|
5326 |
|
---|
5327 | This cursor will be displayed in all the application's widgets until
|
---|
5328 | restoreOverrideCursor() or another setOverrideCursor() is called.
|
---|
5329 |
|
---|
5330 | Application cursors are stored on an internal stack. setOverrideCursor()
|
---|
5331 | pushes the cursor onto the stack, and restoreOverrideCursor() pops the
|
---|
5332 | active cursor off the stack. changeOverrideCursor() changes the curently
|
---|
5333 | active application override cursor.
|
---|
5334 |
|
---|
5335 | Every setOverrideCursor() must eventually be followed by a corresponding
|
---|
5336 | restoreOverrideCursor(), otherwise the stack will never be emptied.
|
---|
5337 |
|
---|
5338 | Example:
|
---|
5339 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication_x11.cpp 0
|
---|
5340 |
|
---|
5341 | \sa overrideCursor(), restoreOverrideCursor(), changeOverrideCursor(),
|
---|
5342 | QWidget::setCursor()
|
---|
5343 | */
|
---|
5344 |
|
---|
5345 | /*!
|
---|
5346 | \fn void QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor()
|
---|
5347 |
|
---|
5348 | Undoes the last setOverrideCursor().
|
---|
5349 |
|
---|
5350 | If setOverrideCursor() has been called twice, calling
|
---|
5351 | restoreOverrideCursor() will activate the first cursor set. Calling this
|
---|
5352 | function a second time restores the original widgets' cursors.
|
---|
5353 |
|
---|
5354 | \sa setOverrideCursor(), overrideCursor()
|
---|
5355 | */
|
---|
5356 |
|
---|
5357 | /*!
|
---|
5358 | \macro qApp
|
---|
5359 | \relates QApplication
|
---|
5360 |
|
---|
5361 | A global pointer referring to the unique application object. It is
|
---|
5362 | equivalent to the pointer returned by the QCoreApplication::instance()
|
---|
5363 | function except that, in GUI applications, it is a pointer to a
|
---|
5364 | QApplication instance.
|
---|
5365 |
|
---|
5366 | Only one application object can be created.
|
---|
5367 |
|
---|
5368 | \sa QCoreApplication::instance()
|
---|
5369 | */
|
---|
5370 |
|
---|
5371 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM
|
---|
5372 | // ************************************************************************
|
---|
5373 | // Input Method support
|
---|
5374 | // ************************************************************************
|
---|
5375 |
|
---|
5376 | /*!
|
---|
5377 | This function replaces the QInputContext instance used by the application
|
---|
5378 | with \a inputContext.
|
---|
5379 |
|
---|
5380 | Qt takes ownership of the given \a inputContext.
|
---|
5381 |
|
---|
5382 | \sa inputContext()
|
---|
5383 | */
|
---|
5384 | void QApplication::setInputContext(QInputContext *inputContext)
|
---|
5385 | {
|
---|
5386 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM
|
---|
5387 | if (inputContext == QApplicationPrivate::inputContext)
|
---|
5388 | return;
|
---|
5389 | if (!inputContext) {
|
---|
5390 | qWarning("QApplication::setInputContext: called with 0 input context");
|
---|
5391 | return;
|
---|
5392 | }
|
---|
5393 | delete QApplicationPrivate::inputContext;
|
---|
5394 | QApplicationPrivate::inputContext = inputContext;
|
---|
5395 | QApplicationPrivate::inputContext->setParent(this);
|
---|
5396 | #endif
|
---|
5397 | }
|
---|
5398 |
|
---|
5399 | /*!
|
---|
5400 | Returns the QInputContext instance used by the application.
|
---|
5401 |
|
---|
5402 | \sa setInputContext()
|
---|
5403 | */
|
---|
5404 | QInputContext *QApplication::inputContext() const
|
---|
5405 | {
|
---|
5406 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM
|
---|
5407 | Q_D(const QApplication);
|
---|
5408 | Q_UNUSED(d);// only static members being used.
|
---|
5409 | if (QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing)
|
---|
5410 | return d->inputContext;
|
---|
5411 | #ifdef Q_WS_X11
|
---|
5412 | if (!X11)
|
---|
5413 | return 0;
|
---|
5414 | if (!d->inputContext) {
|
---|
5415 | QApplication *that = const_cast<QApplication *>(this);
|
---|
5416 | QInputContext *qic = QInputContextFactory::create(X11->default_im, that);
|
---|
5417 | // fallback to default X Input Method.
|
---|
5418 | if (!qic)
|
---|
5419 | qic = QInputContextFactory::create(QLatin1String("xim"), that);
|
---|
5420 | that->d_func()->inputContext = qic;
|
---|
5421 | }
|
---|
5422 | #elif defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
|
---|
5423 | if (!d->inputContext) {
|
---|
5424 | QApplication *that = const_cast<QApplication *>(this);
|
---|
5425 | const QStringList keys = QInputContextFactory::keys();
|
---|
5426 | // Try hbim and coefep first, then try others.
|
---|
5427 | if (keys.contains(QLatin1String("hbim"))) {
|
---|
5428 | that->d_func()->inputContext = QInputContextFactory::create(QLatin1String("hbim"), that);
|
---|
5429 | } else if (keys.contains(QLatin1String("coefep"))) {
|
---|
5430 | that->d_func()->inputContext = QInputContextFactory::create(QLatin1String("coefep"), that);
|
---|
5431 | } else {
|
---|
5432 | for (int c = 0; c < keys.size() && !d->inputContext; ++c) {
|
---|
5433 | that->d_func()->inputContext = QInputContextFactory::create(keys[c], that);
|
---|
5434 | }
|
---|
5435 | }
|
---|
5436 | }
|
---|
5437 | #endif
|
---|
5438 | return d->inputContext;
|
---|
5439 | #else
|
---|
5440 | return 0;
|
---|
5441 | #endif
|
---|
5442 | }
|
---|
5443 | #endif // QT_NO_IM
|
---|
5444 |
|
---|
5445 | //Returns the current platform used by keyBindings
|
---|
5446 | uint QApplicationPrivate::currentPlatform(){
|
---|
5447 | uint platform = KB_Win;
|
---|
5448 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
---|
5449 | platform = KB_Mac;
|
---|
5450 | #elif defined Q_WS_X11
|
---|
5451 | platform = KB_X11;
|
---|
5452 | if (X11->desktopEnvironment == DE_KDE)
|
---|
5453 | platform |= KB_KDE;
|
---|
5454 | if (X11->desktopEnvironment == DE_GNOME)
|
---|
5455 | platform |= KB_Gnome;
|
---|
5456 | if (X11->desktopEnvironment == DE_CDE)
|
---|
5457 | platform |= KB_CDE;
|
---|
5458 | #elif defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
|
---|
5459 | platform = KB_S60;
|
---|
5460 | #endif
|
---|
5461 | return platform;
|
---|
5462 | }
|
---|
5463 |
|
---|
5464 | bool qt_sendSpontaneousEvent(QObject *receiver, QEvent *event)
|
---|
5465 | {
|
---|
5466 | return QCoreApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(receiver, event);
|
---|
5467 | }
|
---|
5468 |
|
---|
5469 |
|
---|
5470 | /*!
|
---|
5471 | \since 4.2
|
---|
5472 |
|
---|
5473 | Returns the current keyboard input locale.
|
---|
5474 | */
|
---|
5475 | QLocale QApplication::keyboardInputLocale()
|
---|
5476 | {
|
---|
5477 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::checkInstance("keyboardInputLocale"))
|
---|
5478 | return QLocale::c();
|
---|
5479 | return qt_keymapper_private()->keyboardInputLocale;
|
---|
5480 | }
|
---|
5481 |
|
---|
5482 | /*!
|
---|
5483 | \since 4.2
|
---|
5484 |
|
---|
5485 | Returns the current keyboard input direction.
|
---|
5486 | */
|
---|
5487 | Qt::LayoutDirection QApplication::keyboardInputDirection()
|
---|
5488 | {
|
---|
5489 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::checkInstance("keyboardInputDirection"))
|
---|
5490 | return Qt::LeftToRight;
|
---|
5491 | return qt_keymapper_private()->keyboardInputDirection;
|
---|
5492 | }
|
---|
5493 |
|
---|
5494 | void QApplicationPrivate::giveFocusAccordingToFocusPolicy(QWidget *widget,
|
---|
5495 | Qt::FocusPolicy focusPolicy,
|
---|
5496 | Qt::FocusReason focusReason)
|
---|
5497 | {
|
---|
5498 | QWidget *focusWidget = widget;
|
---|
5499 | while (focusWidget) {
|
---|
5500 | if (focusWidget->isEnabled()
|
---|
5501 | && QApplicationPrivate::shouldSetFocus(focusWidget, focusPolicy)) {
|
---|
5502 | focusWidget->setFocus(focusReason);
|
---|
5503 | break;
|
---|
5504 | }
|
---|
5505 | if (focusWidget->isWindow())
|
---|
5506 | break;
|
---|
5507 | focusWidget = focusWidget->parentWidget();
|
---|
5508 | }
|
---|
5509 | }
|
---|
5510 |
|
---|
5511 | bool QApplicationPrivate::shouldSetFocus(QWidget *w, Qt::FocusPolicy policy)
|
---|
5512 | {
|
---|
5513 | QWidget *f = w;
|
---|
5514 | while (f->d_func()->extra && f->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy)
|
---|
5515 | f = f->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy;
|
---|
5516 |
|
---|
5517 | if ((w->focusPolicy() & policy) != policy)
|
---|
5518 | return false;
|
---|
5519 | if (w != f && (f->focusPolicy() & policy) != policy)
|
---|
5520 | return false;
|
---|
5521 | return true;
|
---|
5522 | }
|
---|
5523 |
|
---|
5524 | /*! \fn QDecoration &QApplication::qwsDecoration()
|
---|
5525 | Return the QWSDecoration used for decorating windows.
|
---|
5526 |
|
---|
5527 | \warning This method is non-portable. It is only available in
|
---|
5528 | Qt for Embedded Linux.
|
---|
5529 |
|
---|
5530 | \sa QDecoration
|
---|
5531 | */
|
---|
5532 |
|
---|
5533 | /*!
|
---|
5534 | \fn void QApplication::qwsSetDecoration(QDecoration *decoration)
|
---|
5535 |
|
---|
5536 | Sets the QDecoration derived class to use for decorating the
|
---|
5537 | windows used by Qt for Embedded Linux to the \a decoration
|
---|
5538 | specified.
|
---|
5539 |
|
---|
5540 | This method is non-portable. It is only available in Qt for Embedded Linux.
|
---|
5541 |
|
---|
5542 | \sa QDecoration
|
---|
5543 | */
|
---|
5544 |
|
---|
5545 | /*! \fn QDecoration* QApplication::qwsSetDecoration(const QString &decoration)
|
---|
5546 | \overload
|
---|
5547 |
|
---|
5548 | Requests a QDecoration object for \a decoration from the
|
---|
5549 | QDecorationFactory.
|
---|
5550 |
|
---|
5551 | The string must be one of the QDecorationFactory::keys(). Keys are case
|
---|
5552 | insensitive.
|
---|
5553 |
|
---|
5554 | A later call to the QApplication constructor will override the requested
|
---|
5555 | style when a "-style" option is passed in as a commandline parameter.
|
---|
5556 |
|
---|
5557 | Returns 0 if an unknown \a decoration is passed, otherwise the QStyle object
|
---|
5558 | returned is set as the application's GUI style.
|
---|
5559 | */
|
---|
5560 |
|
---|
5561 | /*!
|
---|
5562 | \fn bool QApplication::qwsEventFilter(QWSEvent *event)
|
---|
5563 |
|
---|
5564 | This virtual function is only implemented under Qt for Embedded Linux.
|
---|
5565 |
|
---|
5566 | If you create an application that inherits QApplication and
|
---|
5567 | reimplement this function, you get direct access to all QWS (Q
|
---|
5568 | Window System) events that the are received from the QWS master
|
---|
5569 | process. The events are passed in the \a event parameter.
|
---|
5570 |
|
---|
5571 | Return true if you want to stop the event from being processed.
|
---|
5572 | Return false for normal event dispatching. The default
|
---|
5573 | implementation returns false.
|
---|
5574 | */
|
---|
5575 |
|
---|
5576 | /*! \fn void QApplication::qwsSetCustomColors(QRgb *colorTable, int start, int numColors)
|
---|
5577 | Set Qt for Embedded Linux custom color table.
|
---|
5578 |
|
---|
5579 | Qt for Embedded Linux on 8-bpp displays allocates a standard 216 color cube.
|
---|
5580 | The remaining 40 colors may be used by setting a custom color
|
---|
5581 | table in the QWS master process before any clients connect.
|
---|
5582 |
|
---|
5583 | \a colorTable is an array of up to 40 custom colors. \a start is
|
---|
5584 | the starting index (0-39) and \a numColors is the number of colors
|
---|
5585 | to be set (1-40).
|
---|
5586 |
|
---|
5587 | This method is non-portable. It is available \e only in
|
---|
5588 | Qt for Embedded Linux.
|
---|
5589 |
|
---|
5590 | \note The custom colors will not be used by the default screen
|
---|
5591 | driver. To make use of the new colors, implement a custom screen
|
---|
5592 | driver, or use QDirectPainter.
|
---|
5593 | */
|
---|
5594 |
|
---|
5595 | /*! \fn int QApplication::qwsProcessEvent(QWSEvent* event)
|
---|
5596 | \internal
|
---|
5597 | */
|
---|
5598 |
|
---|
5599 | /*! \fn int QApplication::x11ClientMessage(QWidget* w, XEvent* event, bool passive_only)
|
---|
5600 | \internal
|
---|
5601 | */
|
---|
5602 |
|
---|
5603 | /*! \fn int QApplication::x11ProcessEvent(XEvent* event)
|
---|
5604 | This function does the core processing of individual X
|
---|
5605 | \a{event}s, normally by dispatching Qt events to the right
|
---|
5606 | destination.
|
---|
5607 |
|
---|
5608 | It returns 1 if the event was consumed by special handling, 0 if
|
---|
5609 | the \a event was consumed by normal handling, and -1 if the \a
|
---|
5610 | event was for an unrecognized widget.
|
---|
5611 |
|
---|
5612 | \sa x11EventFilter()
|
---|
5613 | */
|
---|
5614 |
|
---|
5615 | /*!
|
---|
5616 | \fn bool QApplication::x11EventFilter(XEvent *event)
|
---|
5617 |
|
---|
5618 | \warning This virtual function is only implemented under X11.
|
---|
5619 |
|
---|
5620 | If you create an application that inherits QApplication and
|
---|
5621 | reimplement this function, you get direct access to all X events
|
---|
5622 | that the are received from the X server. The events are passed in
|
---|
5623 | the \a event parameter.
|
---|
5624 |
|
---|
5625 | Return true if you want to stop the event from being processed.
|
---|
5626 | Return false for normal event dispatching. The default
|
---|
5627 | implementation returns false.
|
---|
5628 |
|
---|
5629 | It is only the directly addressed messages that are filtered.
|
---|
5630 | You must install an event filter directly on the event
|
---|
5631 | dispatcher, which is returned by
|
---|
5632 | QAbstractEventDispatcher::instance(), to handle system wide
|
---|
5633 | messages.
|
---|
5634 |
|
---|
5635 | \sa x11ProcessEvent()
|
---|
5636 | */
|
---|
5637 |
|
---|
5638 | /*! \fn void QApplication::winFocus(QWidget *widget, bool gotFocus)
|
---|
5639 | \internal
|
---|
5640 | \since 4.1
|
---|
5641 |
|
---|
5642 | If \a gotFocus is true, \a widget will become the active window.
|
---|
5643 | Otherwise the active window is reset to 0.
|
---|
5644 | */
|
---|
5645 |
|
---|
5646 | /*! \fn void QApplication::winMouseButtonUp()
|
---|
5647 | \internal
|
---|
5648 | */
|
---|
5649 |
|
---|
5650 | /*! \fn void QApplication::syncX()
|
---|
5651 | Synchronizes with the X server in the X11 implementation.
|
---|
5652 | This normally takes some time. Does nothing on other platforms.
|
---|
5653 | */
|
---|
5654 |
|
---|
5655 | void QApplicationPrivate::updateTouchPointsForWidget(QWidget *widget, QTouchEvent *touchEvent)
|
---|
5656 | {
|
---|
5657 | for (int i = 0; i < touchEvent->touchPoints().count(); ++i) {
|
---|
5658 | QTouchEvent::TouchPoint &touchPoint = touchEvent->_touchPoints[i];
|
---|
5659 |
|
---|
5660 | // preserve the sub-pixel resolution
|
---|
5661 | QRectF rect = touchPoint.screenRect();
|
---|
5662 | const QPointF screenPos = rect.center();
|
---|
5663 | const QPointF delta = screenPos - screenPos.toPoint();
|
---|
5664 |
|
---|
5665 | rect.moveCenter(widget->mapFromGlobal(screenPos.toPoint()) + delta);
|
---|
5666 | touchPoint.d->rect = rect;
|
---|
5667 | if (touchPoint.state() == Qt::TouchPointPressed) {
|
---|
5668 | touchPoint.d->startPos = widget->mapFromGlobal(touchPoint.startScreenPos().toPoint()) + delta;
|
---|
5669 | touchPoint.d->lastPos = widget->mapFromGlobal(touchPoint.lastScreenPos().toPoint()) + delta;
|
---|
5670 | }
|
---|
5671 | }
|
---|
5672 | }
|
---|
5673 |
|
---|
5674 | void QApplicationPrivate::initializeMultitouch()
|
---|
5675 | {
|
---|
5676 | widgetForTouchPointId.clear();
|
---|
5677 | appCurrentTouchPoints.clear();
|
---|
5678 |
|
---|
5679 | initializeMultitouch_sys();
|
---|
5680 | }
|
---|
5681 |
|
---|
5682 | void QApplicationPrivate::cleanupMultitouch()
|
---|
5683 | {
|
---|
5684 | cleanupMultitouch_sys();
|
---|
5685 |
|
---|
5686 | widgetForTouchPointId.clear();
|
---|
5687 | appCurrentTouchPoints.clear();
|
---|
5688 | }
|
---|
5689 |
|
---|
5690 | int QApplicationPrivate::findClosestTouchPointId(const QPointF &screenPos)
|
---|
5691 | {
|
---|
5692 | int closestTouchPointId = -1;
|
---|
5693 | qreal closestDistance = qreal(0.);
|
---|
5694 | foreach (const QTouchEvent::TouchPoint &touchPoint, appCurrentTouchPoints) {
|
---|
5695 | qreal distance = QLineF(screenPos, touchPoint.screenPos()).length();
|
---|
5696 | if (closestTouchPointId == -1 || distance < closestDistance) {
|
---|
5697 | closestTouchPointId = touchPoint.id();
|
---|
5698 | closestDistance = distance;
|
---|
5699 | }
|
---|
5700 | }
|
---|
5701 | return closestTouchPointId;
|
---|
5702 | }
|
---|
5703 |
|
---|
5704 | void QApplicationPrivate::translateRawTouchEvent(QWidget *window,
|
---|
5705 | QTouchEvent::DeviceType deviceType,
|
---|
5706 | const QList<QTouchEvent::TouchPoint> &touchPoints)
|
---|
5707 | {
|
---|
5708 | QApplicationPrivate *d = self;
|
---|
5709 | typedef QPair<Qt::TouchPointStates, QList<QTouchEvent::TouchPoint> > StatesAndTouchPoints;
|
---|
5710 | QHash<QWidget *, StatesAndTouchPoints> widgetsNeedingEvents;
|
---|
5711 |
|
---|
5712 | for (int i = 0; i < touchPoints.count(); ++i) {
|
---|
5713 | QTouchEvent::TouchPoint touchPoint = touchPoints.at(i);
|
---|
5714 | // explicitly detach from the original touch point that we got, so even
|
---|
5715 | // if the touchpoint structs are reused, we will make a copy that we'll
|
---|
5716 | // deliver to the user (which might want to store the struct for later use).
|
---|
5717 | touchPoint.d = touchPoint.d->detach();
|
---|
5718 |
|
---|
5719 | // update state
|
---|
5720 | QWeakPointer<QWidget> widget;
|
---|
5721 | switch (touchPoint.state()) {
|
---|
5722 | case Qt::TouchPointPressed:
|
---|
5723 | {
|
---|
5724 | if (deviceType == QTouchEvent::TouchPad) {
|
---|
5725 | // on touch-pads, send all touch points to the same widget
|
---|
5726 | widget = d->widgetForTouchPointId.isEmpty()
|
---|
5727 | ? QWeakPointer<QWidget>()
|
---|
5728 | : d->widgetForTouchPointId.constBegin().value();
|
---|
5729 | }
|
---|
5730 |
|
---|
5731 | if (!widget) {
|
---|
5732 | // determine which widget this event will go to
|
---|
5733 | if (!window)
|
---|
5734 | window = QApplication::topLevelAt(touchPoint.screenPos().toPoint());
|
---|
5735 | if (!window)
|
---|
5736 | continue;
|
---|
5737 | widget = window->childAt(window->mapFromGlobal(touchPoint.screenPos().toPoint()));
|
---|
5738 | if (!widget)
|
---|
5739 | widget = window;
|
---|
5740 | }
|
---|
5741 |
|
---|
5742 | if (deviceType == QTouchEvent::TouchScreen) {
|
---|
5743 | int closestTouchPointId = d->findClosestTouchPointId(touchPoint.screenPos());
|
---|
5744 | QWidget *closestWidget = d->widgetForTouchPointId.value(closestTouchPointId).data();
|
---|
5745 | if (closestWidget
|
---|
5746 | && (widget.data()->isAncestorOf(closestWidget) || closestWidget->isAncestorOf(widget.data()))) {
|
---|
5747 | widget = closestWidget;
|
---|
5748 | }
|
---|
5749 | }
|
---|
5750 |
|
---|
5751 | d->widgetForTouchPointId[touchPoint.id()] = widget;
|
---|
5752 | touchPoint.d->startScreenPos = touchPoint.screenPos();
|
---|
5753 | touchPoint.d->lastScreenPos = touchPoint.screenPos();
|
---|
5754 | touchPoint.d->startNormalizedPos = touchPoint.normalizedPos();
|
---|
5755 | touchPoint.d->lastNormalizedPos = touchPoint.normalizedPos();
|
---|
5756 | if (touchPoint.pressure() < qreal(0.))
|
---|
5757 | touchPoint.d->pressure = qreal(1.);
|
---|
5758 |
|
---|
5759 | d->appCurrentTouchPoints.insert(touchPoint.id(), touchPoint);
|
---|
5760 | break;
|
---|
5761 | }
|
---|
5762 | case Qt::TouchPointReleased:
|
---|
5763 | {
|
---|
5764 | widget = d->widgetForTouchPointId.take(touchPoint.id());
|
---|
5765 | if (!widget)
|
---|
5766 | continue;
|
---|
5767 |
|
---|
5768 | QTouchEvent::TouchPoint previousTouchPoint = d->appCurrentTouchPoints.take(touchPoint.id());
|
---|
5769 | touchPoint.d->startScreenPos = previousTouchPoint.startScreenPos();
|
---|
5770 | touchPoint.d->lastScreenPos = previousTouchPoint.screenPos();
|
---|
5771 | touchPoint.d->startPos = previousTouchPoint.startPos();
|
---|
5772 | touchPoint.d->lastPos = previousTouchPoint.pos();
|
---|
5773 | touchPoint.d->startNormalizedPos = previousTouchPoint.startNormalizedPos();
|
---|
5774 | touchPoint.d->lastNormalizedPos = previousTouchPoint.normalizedPos();
|
---|
5775 | if (touchPoint.pressure() < qreal(0.))
|
---|
5776 | touchPoint.d->pressure = qreal(0.);
|
---|
5777 | break;
|
---|
5778 | }
|
---|
5779 | default:
|
---|
5780 | widget = d->widgetForTouchPointId.value(touchPoint.id());
|
---|
5781 | if (!widget)
|
---|
5782 | continue;
|
---|
5783 |
|
---|
5784 | Q_ASSERT(d->appCurrentTouchPoints.contains(touchPoint.id()));
|
---|
5785 | QTouchEvent::TouchPoint previousTouchPoint = d->appCurrentTouchPoints.value(touchPoint.id());
|
---|
5786 | touchPoint.d->startScreenPos = previousTouchPoint.startScreenPos();
|
---|
5787 | touchPoint.d->lastScreenPos = previousTouchPoint.screenPos();
|
---|
5788 | touchPoint.d->startPos = previousTouchPoint.startPos();
|
---|
5789 | touchPoint.d->lastPos = previousTouchPoint.pos();
|
---|
5790 | touchPoint.d->startNormalizedPos = previousTouchPoint.startNormalizedPos();
|
---|
5791 | touchPoint.d->lastNormalizedPos = previousTouchPoint.normalizedPos();
|
---|
5792 | if (touchPoint.pressure() < qreal(0.))
|
---|
5793 | touchPoint.d->pressure = qreal(1.);
|
---|
5794 | d->appCurrentTouchPoints[touchPoint.id()] = touchPoint;
|
---|
5795 | break;
|
---|
5796 | }
|
---|
5797 | Q_ASSERT(widget.data() != 0);
|
---|
5798 |
|
---|
5799 | // make the *scene* functions return the same as the *screen* functions
|
---|
5800 | touchPoint.d->sceneRect = touchPoint.screenRect();
|
---|
5801 | touchPoint.d->startScenePos = touchPoint.startScreenPos();
|
---|
5802 | touchPoint.d->lastScenePos = touchPoint.lastScreenPos();
|
---|
5803 |
|
---|
5804 | StatesAndTouchPoints &maskAndPoints = widgetsNeedingEvents[widget.data()];
|
---|
5805 | maskAndPoints.first |= touchPoint.state();
|
---|
5806 | if (touchPoint.isPrimary())
|
---|
5807 | maskAndPoints.first |= Qt::TouchPointPrimary;
|
---|
5808 | maskAndPoints.second.append(touchPoint);
|
---|
5809 | }
|
---|
5810 |
|
---|
5811 | if (widgetsNeedingEvents.isEmpty())
|
---|
5812 | return;
|
---|
5813 |
|
---|
5814 | QHash<QWidget *, StatesAndTouchPoints>::ConstIterator it = widgetsNeedingEvents.constBegin();
|
---|
5815 | const QHash<QWidget *, StatesAndTouchPoints>::ConstIterator end = widgetsNeedingEvents.constEnd();
|
---|
5816 | for (; it != end; ++it) {
|
---|
5817 | QWidget *widget = it.key();
|
---|
5818 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::tryModalHelper(widget, 0))
|
---|
5819 | continue;
|
---|
5820 |
|
---|
5821 | QEvent::Type eventType;
|
---|
5822 | switch (it.value().first & Qt::TouchPointStateMask) {
|
---|
5823 | case Qt::TouchPointPressed:
|
---|
5824 | eventType = QEvent::TouchBegin;
|
---|
5825 | break;
|
---|
5826 | case Qt::TouchPointReleased:
|
---|
5827 | eventType = QEvent::TouchEnd;
|
---|
5828 | break;
|
---|
5829 | case Qt::TouchPointStationary:
|
---|
5830 | // don't send the event if nothing changed
|
---|
5831 | continue;
|
---|
5832 | default:
|
---|
5833 | eventType = QEvent::TouchUpdate;
|
---|
5834 | break;
|
---|
5835 | }
|
---|
5836 |
|
---|
5837 | QTouchEvent touchEvent(eventType,
|
---|
5838 | deviceType,
|
---|
5839 | QApplication::keyboardModifiers(),
|
---|
5840 | it.value().first,
|
---|
5841 | it.value().second);
|
---|
5842 | updateTouchPointsForWidget(widget, &touchEvent);
|
---|
5843 |
|
---|
5844 | switch (touchEvent.type()) {
|
---|
5845 | case QEvent::TouchBegin:
|
---|
5846 | {
|
---|
5847 | // if the TouchBegin handler recurses, we assume that means the event
|
---|
5848 | // has been implicitly accepted and continue to send touch events
|
---|
5849 | widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_AcceptedTouchBeginEvent);
|
---|
5850 | (void ) QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(widget, &touchEvent);
|
---|
5851 | break;
|
---|
5852 | }
|
---|
5853 | default:
|
---|
5854 | if (widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_AcceptedTouchBeginEvent)) {
|
---|
5855 | if (touchEvent.type() == QEvent::TouchEnd)
|
---|
5856 | widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_AcceptedTouchBeginEvent, false);
|
---|
5857 | (void) QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(widget, &touchEvent);
|
---|
5858 | }
|
---|
5859 | break;
|
---|
5860 | }
|
---|
5861 | }
|
---|
5862 | }
|
---|
5863 |
|
---|
5864 | Q_GUI_EXPORT void qt_translateRawTouchEvent(QWidget *window,
|
---|
5865 | QTouchEvent::DeviceType deviceType,
|
---|
5866 | const QList<QTouchEvent::TouchPoint> &touchPoints)
|
---|
5867 | {
|
---|
5868 | QApplicationPrivate::translateRawTouchEvent(window, deviceType, touchPoints);
|
---|
5869 | }
|
---|
5870 |
|
---|
5871 | #ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES
|
---|
5872 | QGestureManager* QGestureManager::instance()
|
---|
5873 | {
|
---|
5874 | if (QApplicationPrivate *qAppPriv = QApplicationPrivate::instance()) {
|
---|
5875 | if (!qAppPriv->gestureManager)
|
---|
5876 | qAppPriv->gestureManager = new QGestureManager(qApp);
|
---|
5877 | return qAppPriv->gestureManager;
|
---|
5878 | }
|
---|
5879 | return 0;
|
---|
5880 | }
|
---|
5881 | #endif // QT_NO_GESTURES
|
---|
5882 |
|
---|
5883 | // These pixmaps approximate the images in the Windows User Interface Guidelines.
|
---|
5884 |
|
---|
5885 | // XPM
|
---|
5886 |
|
---|
5887 | static const char * const move_xpm[] = {
|
---|
5888 | "11 20 3 1",
|
---|
5889 | ". c None",
|
---|
5890 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
5891 | "a c #000000",
|
---|
5892 | "X c #FFFFFF", // Windows cursor is traditionally white
|
---|
5893 | #else
|
---|
5894 | "a c #FFFFFF",
|
---|
5895 | "X c #000000", // X11 cursor is traditionally black
|
---|
5896 | #endif
|
---|
5897 | "aa.........",
|
---|
5898 | "aXa........",
|
---|
5899 | "aXXa.......",
|
---|
5900 | "aXXXa......",
|
---|
5901 | "aXXXXa.....",
|
---|
5902 | "aXXXXXa....",
|
---|
5903 | "aXXXXXXa...",
|
---|
5904 | "aXXXXXXXa..",
|
---|
5905 | "aXXXXXXXXa.",
|
---|
5906 | "aXXXXXXXXXa",
|
---|
5907 | "aXXXXXXaaaa",
|
---|
5908 | "aXXXaXXa...",
|
---|
5909 | "aXXaaXXa...",
|
---|
5910 | "aXa..aXXa..",
|
---|
5911 | "aa...aXXa..",
|
---|
5912 | "a.....aXXa.",
|
---|
5913 | "......aXXa.",
|
---|
5914 | ".......aXXa",
|
---|
5915 | ".......aXXa",
|
---|
5916 | "........aa."};
|
---|
5917 |
|
---|
5918 | #ifdef Q_WS_WIN
|
---|
5919 | /* XPM */
|
---|
5920 | static const char * const ignore_xpm[] = {
|
---|
5921 | "24 30 3 1",
|
---|
5922 | ". c None",
|
---|
5923 | "a c #000000",
|
---|
5924 | "X c #FFFFFF",
|
---|
5925 | "aa......................",
|
---|
5926 | "aXa.....................",
|
---|
5927 | "aXXa....................",
|
---|
5928 | "aXXXa...................",
|
---|
5929 | "aXXXXa..................",
|
---|
5930 | "aXXXXXa.................",
|
---|
5931 | "aXXXXXXa................",
|
---|
5932 | "aXXXXXXXa...............",
|
---|
5933 | "aXXXXXXXXa..............",
|
---|
5934 | "aXXXXXXXXXa.............",
|
---|
5935 | "aXXXXXXaaaa.............",
|
---|
5936 | "aXXXaXXa................",
|
---|
5937 | "aXXaaXXa................",
|
---|
5938 | "aXa..aXXa...............",
|
---|
5939 | "aa...aXXa...............",
|
---|
5940 | "a.....aXXa..............",
|
---|
5941 | "......aXXa.....XXXX.....",
|
---|
5942 | ".......aXXa..XXaaaaXX...",
|
---|
5943 | ".......aXXa.XaaaaaaaaX..",
|
---|
5944 | "........aa.XaaaXXXXaaaX.",
|
---|
5945 | "...........XaaaaX..XaaX.",
|
---|
5946 | "..........XaaXaaaX..XaaX",
|
---|
5947 | "..........XaaXXaaaX.XaaX",
|
---|
5948 | "..........XaaX.XaaaXXaaX",
|
---|
5949 | "..........XaaX..XaaaXaaX",
|
---|
5950 | "...........XaaX..XaaaaX.",
|
---|
5951 | "...........XaaaXXXXaaaX.",
|
---|
5952 | "............XaaaaaaaaX..",
|
---|
5953 | ".............XXaaaaXX...",
|
---|
5954 | "...............XXXX....."};
|
---|
5955 | #endif
|
---|
5956 |
|
---|
5957 | /* XPM */
|
---|
5958 | static const char * const copy_xpm[] = {
|
---|
5959 | "24 30 3 1",
|
---|
5960 | ". c None",
|
---|
5961 | "a c #000000",
|
---|
5962 | "X c #FFFFFF",
|
---|
5963 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) // Windows cursor is traditionally white
|
---|
5964 | "aa......................",
|
---|
5965 | "aXa.....................",
|
---|
5966 | "aXXa....................",
|
---|
5967 | "aXXXa...................",
|
---|
5968 | "aXXXXa..................",
|
---|
5969 | "aXXXXXa.................",
|
---|
5970 | "aXXXXXXa................",
|
---|
5971 | "aXXXXXXXa...............",
|
---|
5972 | "aXXXXXXXXa..............",
|
---|
5973 | "aXXXXXXXXXa.............",
|
---|
5974 | "aXXXXXXaaaa.............",
|
---|
5975 | "aXXXaXXa................",
|
---|
5976 | "aXXaaXXa................",
|
---|
5977 | "aXa..aXXa...............",
|
---|
5978 | "aa...aXXa...............",
|
---|
5979 | "a.....aXXa..............",
|
---|
5980 | "......aXXa..............",
|
---|
5981 | ".......aXXa.............",
|
---|
5982 | ".......aXXa.............",
|
---|
5983 | "........aa...aaaaaaaaaaa",
|
---|
5984 | #else
|
---|
5985 | "XX......................",
|
---|
5986 | "XaX.....................",
|
---|
5987 | "XaaX....................",
|
---|
5988 | "XaaaX...................",
|
---|
5989 | "XaaaaX..................",
|
---|
5990 | "XaaaaaX.................",
|
---|
5991 | "XaaaaaaX................",
|
---|
5992 | "XaaaaaaaX...............",
|
---|
5993 | "XaaaaaaaaX..............",
|
---|
5994 | "XaaaaaaaaaX.............",
|
---|
5995 | "XaaaaaaXXXX.............",
|
---|
5996 | "XaaaXaaX................",
|
---|
5997 | "XaaXXaaX................",
|
---|
5998 | "XaX..XaaX...............",
|
---|
5999 | "XX...XaaX...............",
|
---|
6000 | "X.....XaaX..............",
|
---|
6001 | "......XaaX..............",
|
---|
6002 | ".......XaaX.............",
|
---|
6003 | ".......XaaX.............",
|
---|
6004 | "........XX...aaaaaaaaaaa",
|
---|
6005 | #endif
|
---|
6006 | ".............aXXXXXXXXXa",
|
---|
6007 | ".............aXXXXXXXXXa",
|
---|
6008 | ".............aXXXXaXXXXa",
|
---|
6009 | ".............aXXXXaXXXXa",
|
---|
6010 | ".............aXXaaaaaXXa",
|
---|
6011 | ".............aXXXXaXXXXa",
|
---|
6012 | ".............aXXXXaXXXXa",
|
---|
6013 | ".............aXXXXXXXXXa",
|
---|
6014 | ".............aXXXXXXXXXa",
|
---|
6015 | ".............aaaaaaaaaaa"};
|
---|
6016 |
|
---|
6017 | /* XPM */
|
---|
6018 | static const char * const link_xpm[] = {
|
---|
6019 | "24 30 3 1",
|
---|
6020 | ". c None",
|
---|
6021 | "a c #000000",
|
---|
6022 | "X c #FFFFFF",
|
---|
6023 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) // Windows cursor is traditionally white
|
---|
6024 | "aa......................",
|
---|
6025 | "aXa.....................",
|
---|
6026 | "aXXa....................",
|
---|
6027 | "aXXXa...................",
|
---|
6028 | "aXXXXa..................",
|
---|
6029 | "aXXXXXa.................",
|
---|
6030 | "aXXXXXXa................",
|
---|
6031 | "aXXXXXXXa...............",
|
---|
6032 | "aXXXXXXXXa..............",
|
---|
6033 | "aXXXXXXXXXa.............",
|
---|
6034 | "aXXXXXXaaaa.............",
|
---|
6035 | "aXXXaXXa................",
|
---|
6036 | "aXXaaXXa................",
|
---|
6037 | "aXa..aXXa...............",
|
---|
6038 | "aa...aXXa...............",
|
---|
6039 | "a.....aXXa..............",
|
---|
6040 | "......aXXa..............",
|
---|
6041 | ".......aXXa.............",
|
---|
6042 | ".......aXXa.............",
|
---|
6043 | "........aa...aaaaaaaaaaa",
|
---|
6044 | #else
|
---|
6045 | "XX......................",
|
---|
6046 | "XaX.....................",
|
---|
6047 | "XaaX....................",
|
---|
6048 | "XaaaX...................",
|
---|
6049 | "XaaaaX..................",
|
---|
6050 | "XaaaaaX.................",
|
---|
6051 | "XaaaaaaX................",
|
---|
6052 | "XaaaaaaaX...............",
|
---|
6053 | "XaaaaaaaaX..............",
|
---|
6054 | "XaaaaaaaaaX.............",
|
---|
6055 | "XaaaaaaXXXX.............",
|
---|
6056 | "XaaaXaaX................",
|
---|
6057 | "XaaXXaaX................",
|
---|
6058 | "XaX..XaaX...............",
|
---|
6059 | "XX...XaaX...............",
|
---|
6060 | "X.....XaaX..............",
|
---|
6061 | "......XaaX..............",
|
---|
6062 | ".......XaaX.............",
|
---|
6063 | ".......XaaX.............",
|
---|
6064 | "........XX...aaaaaaaaaaa",
|
---|
6065 | #endif
|
---|
6066 | ".............aXXXXXXXXXa",
|
---|
6067 | ".............aXXXaaaaXXa",
|
---|
6068 | ".............aXXXXaaaXXa",
|
---|
6069 | ".............aXXXaaaaXXa",
|
---|
6070 | ".............aXXaaaXaXXa",
|
---|
6071 | ".............aXXaaXXXXXa",
|
---|
6072 | ".............aXXaXXXXXXa",
|
---|
6073 | ".............aXXXaXXXXXa",
|
---|
6074 | ".............aXXXXXXXXXa",
|
---|
6075 | ".............aaaaaaaaaaa"};
|
---|
6076 |
|
---|
6077 | QPixmap QApplicationPrivate::getPixmapCursor(Qt::CursorShape cshape)
|
---|
6078 | {
|
---|
6079 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
6080 | if (!move_cursor) {
|
---|
6081 | move_cursor = new QPixmap((const char **)move_xpm);
|
---|
6082 | copy_cursor = new QPixmap((const char **)copy_xpm);
|
---|
6083 | link_cursor = new QPixmap((const char **)link_xpm);
|
---|
6084 | #ifdef Q_WS_WIN
|
---|
6085 | ignore_cursor = new QPixmap((const char **)ignore_xpm);
|
---|
6086 | #endif
|
---|
6087 | }
|
---|
6088 |
|
---|
6089 | switch (cshape) {
|
---|
6090 | case Qt::DragMoveCursor:
|
---|
6091 | return *move_cursor;
|
---|
6092 | case Qt::DragCopyCursor:
|
---|
6093 | return *copy_cursor;
|
---|
6094 | case Qt::DragLinkCursor:
|
---|
6095 | return *link_cursor;
|
---|
6096 | #ifdef Q_WS_WIN
|
---|
6097 | case Qt::ForbiddenCursor:
|
---|
6098 | return *ignore_cursor;
|
---|
6099 | #endif
|
---|
6100 | default:
|
---|
6101 | break;
|
---|
6102 | }
|
---|
6103 | #endif
|
---|
6104 | return QPixmap();
|
---|
6105 | }
|
---|
6106 |
|
---|
6107 | QString QApplicationPrivate::qmljsDebugArgumentsString()
|
---|
6108 | {
|
---|
6109 | return qmljs_debug_arguments;
|
---|
6110 | }
|
---|
6111 |
|
---|
6112 | QT_END_NAMESPACE
|
---|
6113 |
|
---|
6114 | #include "moc_qapplication.cpp"
|
---|